WO2017024586A1 - 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统 - Google Patents

一种数据传输装置、方法及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017024586A1
WO2017024586A1 PCT/CN2015/086879 CN2015086879W WO2017024586A1 WO 2017024586 A1 WO2017024586 A1 WO 2017024586A1 CN 2015086879 W CN2015086879 W CN 2015086879W WO 2017024586 A1 WO2017024586 A1 WO 2017024586A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
collision
terminal device
transmission
pool
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/086879
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
华尧
韩广林
李明超
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2015/086879 priority Critical patent/WO2017024586A1/zh
Priority to CN201580038972.2A priority patent/CN107079430B/zh
Publication of WO2017024586A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017024586A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission apparatus, method and system.
  • D2D Device-to-Device
  • FIG. 1 the biggest difference between the D2D technology and the traditional cellular communication technology is that the communication between the terminal and the terminal does not need to be directly transmitted by the base station, and the base station can perform resource configuration, scheduling, coordination, and the like. Direct communication between control terminals.
  • D2D communication can be implemented in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system.
  • LTE version (Release, Rel) 12 specifies that D2D communication uses a broadcast form for data transmission, including two features of discovery and communication.
  • Communication is the direct transmission of data between two terminals, using the Scheduling Assignment (SA) + Data (Data) mechanism shown in Figure 2.
  • SA Scheduling Assignment
  • Data Data
  • the SA is used to indicate status information of data sent from the sending end, including time-frequency resource information of the data, Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) information, frequency hopping indication, timing advance information, and receiving group identification information.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the receiving end can receive data according to the indication of the SA; the data is the service data sent by the sending end in the format indicated by the SA, using the format indicated by the SA.
  • the vehicle network improves the safety and reliability of road traffic and improves the traffic efficiency through communication between vehicles and vehicles or between vehicles and roadside units. Since the vehicle communicates using the terminal device, the car network communication can be regarded as one type of D2D communication. In the car networking scenario, both user density and cell capacity will increase significantly.
  • the existing scheduling-based D2D data transmission mode QPSK is used, the channel coding rate is 1/2, and the second SA is added with 4 data retransmissions.
  • All users of the cell transmit and calculate on orthogonal resources, which requires about 120.
  • Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) can support the data of all vehicles in the cell, that is, the transmission bandwidth that needs to be used exceeds 20MHz. If the vehicle density is further increased, the required transmission bandwidth is larger. In fact, the car networking business is unable to apply for such a large transmission bandwidth. In the case of limited transmission bandwidth, the data transmission mode of scheduling-based D2D communication specified in the current LTE standard cannot meet the requirements of the vehicle networking communication.
  • the data transmission apparatus, method, and system provided by the embodiments of the present invention are used to solve the problem that the data transmission mode based on the scheduled D2D communication specified in the current LTE standard cannot meet the requirements of the vehicle networking communication.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission apparatus, including: a transceiver unit, configured to:
  • the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention resource pool; the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices simultaneously;
  • the competing resource pool includes multiple resource pools, and the different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods;
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
  • contention pool includes multiple resource pools, receive location information of transmission resources in all resource pools in the contention pool that is broadcast by the base station; or
  • the contention pool includes a plurality of resource pools, receiving location information of the transmission resources in a part of the resource pools of the contention pool that is broadcast by the base station, and other resource pools other than the part of the resource pools Relative location information of transmission resources in a partial resource pool.
  • the device further includes: a processing unit, configured to select one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources when the competing resource pool includes multiple resource pools; the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: D2D data transmission on part or all of the transmission resources in the one or more resource pools selected by the processing unit; or
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive resource pool allocation information sent by the base station, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate that the base station allocates one or more resource pools from the contention pool to the device ;
  • the device further includes: a processing unit, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation information, the one or more resource pools allocated by the base station;
  • the transceiver unit is configured to: perform D2D data transmission on some or all of the one or more resource pools determined by the processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: before the D2D data transmission is performed on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, report the service type supported by the device to the base station; and the resource pool allocation information received by the transceiver unit.
  • the one or more resource pools indicated by the base station are determined according to the service type supported by the device reported by the transceiver unit, and the size and period of the transmission resources required by the device are determined according to the device requirements.
  • the size and period of the transmission resource are selected from the pool of competing resources; or
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to a service type supported by the device, a size and a period of a transmission resource required by the device, and select, according to the determined size and period of the transmission resource required by the device, the contention resource. Select the one or more resource pools in the pool.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the contention pool includes a plurality of resource pools of different priorities, select the one or more resources from the plurality of resource pools according to a priority of the device. Pool.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the processing unit selects the one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools according to the priority of the device, receiving priority information sent by the base station, where the priority information is used to indicate : the priority of the multiple resource pools included in the contention pool;
  • the level number of the priority to which each resource pool belongs or
  • the processing unit is further configured to: in the one or more resource pools Before the D2D data transmission is performed on the part or all of the transmission resources, the earliest transmission resource that can be used for the data to be transmitted is randomly selected or selected from the one or more resource pools as the part or all of the transmission resources.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource of the contention resource pool, receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, where the resource adjustment instruction is used to redistribute the content in the contention pool
  • the resource pool is used to add a resource pool in the contention pool
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to reallocate the resource pool in the contention resource pool, perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction; or
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to add a resource pool in the contention resource pool, the transmission resource in use and the transmission resource in the resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction D2D data transmission is performed together.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, where the resource adjustment instruction is used to re-allocate or newly allocate a scheduling resource pool.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to re-allocate transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool, perform D2D data together on the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction Transmission; or
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to newly add a transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool, the transmission resource in use and the transmission in the scheduling resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction D2D data transmission on resources;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the resource adjustment instruction received by the transceiver unit is sent by the base station after determining that the data transmission of the device collides;
  • the resource adjustment instruction received by the transceiver unit is that, when the base station determines that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the device exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold within the resource adjustment decision duration after the data transmission of the device is first determined to be determined Sent; or
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after receiving the D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, send a resource adjustment request to the base station, where the request carries an adjustment request parameter, where
  • the adjustment request parameter includes: a data amount of data to be transmitted and/or a supported service type; the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive, according to the adjustment request parameter, the base station after receiving the resource adjustment request Resource adjustment instructions; or
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, send a collision to the base station when a data transmission of the device collides Adjustment request;
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive, after the base station receives the resource adjustment request, send the The resource adjustment instruction.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, where the collision measurement instruction is used to initiate a collision measurement;
  • the apparatus also includes a processing unit for:
  • the collision measurement report Determining that a collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is satisfied; or determining that the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction indication is satisfied Colliding the reporting condition, and determining, according to the number of the second terminal devices and the expected feedback amount indicated by the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction, that the collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station, where the second terminal device is the device The surrounding terminal device, the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that the base station expects to feedback the collision on the transmission resource to be measured;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to report a collision measurement report to the base station when the processing unit determines that a collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: in the collision measurement period, in the to-be-measured The number of times the collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource is greater than the set threshold of the number of collisions; or
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: the transmission to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the number of data packets detected on the resource to the total number of data packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold; the processing unit is specifically configured to: the power of the signal received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but the received signal When the demodulation fails, determining that a collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource to be measured; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold; the processing unit is specifically configured to: the power of the signal received on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the in-band radiation interference Determining, by the power detection threshold, that when the demodulation of the expected data fails, determining that a data transmission collision is detected on the transmission resource to be measured, wherein the expected data is received on an adjacent transmission resource that is expected to be in the part of the transmission resource Data, the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: at least one of the following information And placed in the collision measurement report and sent to the base station:
  • the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with data transmission;
  • the processing unit is further configured to: before the sending and receiving unit reports the collision measurement report to the base station, When the data transmission of the third terminal device does not collide, the identifier information of the third terminal device is obtained from the packet header of the data sent by the third terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, where the collision measurement The instructions are configured to initiate collision measurements on transmission resources used by the device;
  • the device further includes a processing unit, configured to: perform collision measurement on a transmission resource used by the device, and determine a need when a collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is satisfied Reporting a collision measurement report to the base station;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to report a collision measurement report to the base station when the processing unit determines that a collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period, a self resource collision power threshold, and a threshold of the number of self resource collisions;
  • the collision reporting condition includes: in the self-collision measurement period, the number of occurrences of the self-collision situation is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the self-resources, and the self-collision situation refers to: the device receives the transmission resource used. The power of the signal is greater than the collision threshold of the own resource.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: place at least one of the following information
  • the base station is sent to the base station in the collision measurement report:
  • the collision transmission in the collision measurement report sent by the transceiver unit Information about the resource including at least one of the following:
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: before receiving the collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, send collision measurement capability information to the base station, where the collision measurement capability information indicates that the device supports collision measurement;
  • the collision measurement instruction is sent by the base station to the device after receiving the collision measurement capability information.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or data data for scheduling Resource pool.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource information notification apparatus, including: a processing unit and a transceiver unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine resource pool information
  • the transceiver unit is configured to broadcast the resource pool information; the resource pool information is used to indicate a transmission resource in a contention resource pool, and the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used for device-to-device D2D data transmission;
  • the transmission resources in the competition resource pool may be used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices. If the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools,
  • the processing unit is further configured to: allocate one or more resource pools to the first terminal device from the contention resource pool;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after the resource pool information is sent, send resource pool allocation information to the first terminal device, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate the one or more of the processing unit allocation Resource pools.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: allocate, by the processing unit, the one or more resources for the first terminal device Receiving, by the first terminal device, information about a service type supported by the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, a size and a period of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device, and according to the size of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device And a period of selecting the one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the contention pool includes multiple resource pools that belong to different priorities, select one or more of the contention pools according to the priority of the first terminal device. Resource pools.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform resource adjustment on the first terminal device after the one or more resource pools are allocated to the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment includes: re-writing the first terminal device Allocating or adding resource pools in the contention pool;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after the processing unit performs the resource adjustment, to the The first terminal device sends a resource adjustment instruction, and instructs the processing unit to re-allocate or add the resource pool in the contention pool to the first terminal device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform resource adjustment on the first terminal device after the one or more resource pools are allocated to the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment includes: re-writing the first terminal device Allocate or add transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after the processing unit performs the resource adjustment on the first terminal device, send a resource adjustment instruction to the first terminal device, where the processing unit is instructed to be the first terminal
  • the device reassigns or newly allocates transmission resources in the resource pool
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the device, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to: before sending the resource adjustment instruction, receive a collision measurement report for indicating that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; the processing unit is further configured to: according to the collision measurement The report determines that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; the processing unit is specifically configured to: perform the resource adjustment after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; or
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: if it is determined that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the first terminal device exceeds a resource adjustment decision within a time period of determining a resource adjustment decision after the data transmission of the first terminal device is first determined Threshold, then the resource adjustment is performed; or
  • the transceiver unit is configured to: before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, receive a resource adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment request carries an adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: to be transmitted The amount of data and/or the type of service supported; the processing unit is specifically configured to: perform the resource adjustment according to the adjustment request parameter; or
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive the first before sending the resource adjustment instruction a collision adjustment request sent by the terminal device, where the collision adjustment request indicates that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; the processing unit is specifically configured to: after the receiving and receiving unit receives the collision adjustment request, perform the Resource adjustment.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: Sending a collision measurement instruction, the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision detection on the transmission resource to be measured, where the to-be-measured data transmission resource is a transmission in the contention resource pool indicated by the transmission resource information to be measured in the collision measurement instruction.
  • the resource, the collision measurement instruction is further used to indicate the first terminal device:
  • the transmission resource to be measured is different from the transmission resource used by the first terminal device.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: in the collision measurement period, in the to-be-measured The number of times the collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource is greater than the set threshold of the number of collisions; or
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: the transmission to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the number of data packets detected on the resource to the total number of data packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but the received signal solution When the adjustment fails, determining that a collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource to be measured; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the set in-band radiation interference power Detecting a threshold, and determining that a data transmission collision occurs on the transmission resource to be measured when the demodulation of the expected data fails, wherein the expected data is received on an adjacent transmission resource that is expected to be in the part of the transmission resource Data, the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: after sending the collision measurement instruction, Receiving the collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with data transmission;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: The device sends a collision measurement instruction, and the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the collision report condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit includes: a collision measurement period, a self resource collision power threshold, and a threshold of the number of self resource collisions;
  • the collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the self-collision situation is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the self-resources, wherein the self-collision condition refers to the power of the signal received on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device is greater than The case where the self resource collides with a power threshold.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: after sending the collision measurement instruction, receive the The collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, wherein the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identification information of the terminal device that collides with the transmission resource used by the first terminal device or
  • the collision transmission resource in the collision measurement report received by the transceiver unit Information including at least one of the following:
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: after receiving the collision measurement capability information, send the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool for scheduling Or data data resource pool.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the first terminal device receives the resource pool information broadcasted by the base station, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention resource pool; the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices simultaneously If the contention pool includes multiple resource pools, the different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods;
  • the first terminal device receiving the resource pool information broadcasted by the base station includes:
  • the method further includes: receiving resource pool allocation information sent by the base station, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate the And transmitting, by the base station, the one or more resource pools of the first terminal device to the first resource device; the first terminal device performs the transmission resource in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information.
  • the D2D data transmission includes: the first terminal device performs D2D data transmission on part or all of the one or more resource resources indicated by the resource pool allocation information; or
  • the method further includes: selecting one or more resource pools from the contention resource pool; performing D2D on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool Data transmission includes: transmitting part or all of the selected one or more resource pools for D2D data transmission.
  • the method further includes: reporting the supported service type to the base station; and the resource pool allocation information And indicating, by the base station, the size and period of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device according to the service type supported by the first terminal device reported by the first terminal device, where And selecting, according to the size and period of the transmission resources required by the first terminal device, from the pool of competing resources; or
  • the selecting one or more resource pools from the contention pool includes: determining, according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, a size and a period of the required transmission resource, and determining, according to the determined required transmission resource, The size and period select the one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools.
  • the selecting one or more resource pools from the contention pool includes:
  • the one or the one of the multiple resource pools is selected according to the priority of the first terminal device Before multiple resource pools, it also includes:
  • the level number of the priority to which each resource pool belongs or
  • performing D2D data transmission on the part or all of the transmission resources in the one or more resource pools Previously it also included:
  • the top-most transmission resource that can be used by the data to be transmitted is randomly selected or selected from the one or more resource pools as the part or all transmission resources.
  • the method further includes:
  • the D2D data transmission is performed together on the transmission resource being used and the transmission resource in the resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction.
  • the method further includes:
  • the D2D data transmission is performed on the transmission resource in use and the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the resource adjustment instruction is sent by the base station after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides;
  • the resource adjustment instruction is that the base station determines that the number of collisions of data transmission of the first terminal device exceeds a resource adjustment decision within a resource adjustment decision duration after the first determination of the collision of the data transmission of the first terminal device Sent when the threshold is reached; or
  • the method further includes: sending a resource adjustment request to the base station, where the request carries an adjustment request parameter, and the adjustment request
  • the parameter includes: a data quantity of the data to be transmitted and/or a supported service type; and receiving the resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, including: receiving, after receiving the resource adjustment request, the base station according to the adjustment request The resource adjustment instruction sent by the parameter; or
  • the method further includes: when the data transmission of the first terminal device collides, sending a collision to the base station The adjusting the request, the receiving the resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, comprising: receiving the resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station after receiving the resource adjustment request.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station reports a collision measurement report, where the second terminal device is a terminal device around the first terminal device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that is expected by the base station to feed back a collision on the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, wherein the collision reporting condition includes: detecting, in the collision measurement period, that the number of collisions of the data transmission is greater than the setting on the transmission resource to be measured The number of collision thresholds; or
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: the number of data packets detected on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the total number of data packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision ratio threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction further includes: collision detection condition information
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold; the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, But determining that the data transmission is detected to collide on the transmission resource to be measured when the received signal fails to demodulate; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold; the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the in-band radiation interference power detection a threshold, and determining that a data transmission collision occurs on the transmission resource to be measured when the demodulation of the expected data fails, wherein the expected data is data received on an adjacent transmission resource of the part of the transmission resource The adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the reporting the collision measurement report to the base station includes:
  • At least one of the following information is placed in the collision measurement report and sent to the base station:
  • the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with data transmission;
  • the method before the reporting the collision measurement report to the base station, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device acquires the identification information of the third terminal device from the packet header of the data sent by the third terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, the collision measurement The instruction is configured to initiate collision measurement on a transmission resource used by the first terminal device;
  • the collision measurement report is reported to the base station when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is satisfied.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period of its own, a collision threshold of its own resources, and a threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources;
  • the collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the self-collision situation is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the self-resources, and the self-collision situation refers to: the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the used transmission resource is greater than The case where the self resource collides with a power threshold.
  • the reporting the collision measurement report to the base station includes: at least one of the following information An item is sent to the base station in the collision measurement report:
  • the information about the collision transmission resource includes at least one of the following information:
  • the method after receiving the collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, the method further includes:
  • the method before receiving the collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, the method further includes:
  • the collision measurement instruction is sent by the base station to the first terminal device after receiving the collision measurement capability information.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or data data for scheduling Resource pool.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource information notification method, including:
  • the base station determines resource pool information
  • the resource pool information is used to indicate a transmission resource in a contention resource pool, the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used for device-to-device D2D data transmission; and the transmission resource in the contention resource pool It can be used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices; if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods.
  • the broadcasting the resource pool information includes:
  • the method further includes: allocating one or more resource pools to the first terminal device from the contention resource pool; and sending resource pool allocation information to the first terminal device, where the resource pool The allocation information is used to indicate the one or more resource pools allocated by the processing unit.
  • the method before the allocating the one or more resource pools for the first terminal device, the method further includes: receiving the Information of the service type supported by the first terminal device reported by the first terminal device;
  • the allocating the one or more resource pools in the contention pool to the first terminal device includes: determining, according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, a size of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device And selecting, according to the size and period of the transmission resources required by the first terminal device, the one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources.
  • the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools belonging to different priorities
  • the first terminal device is allocated One or more resource pools in the pool of competing resources, including:
  • the method further includes:
  • resource adjustment includes: reallocating or adding a resource pool in the contention pool to the first terminal device;
  • resource adjustment includes: reallocating or newly adding scheduling resources to the first terminal device Transmission resources in the pool;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision measurement report for indicating that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides, and determining, according to the collision measurement report, that the data transmission of the first terminal device occurs Performing resource adjustment on the first terminal device, including: performing resource adjustment after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; or
  • the performing the resource adjustment on the first terminal device includes: determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device occurs after determining the resource adjustment decision duration after the data transmission of the first terminal device collides for the first time If the number of collisions exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold, the resource adjustment is performed; or
  • the method further includes: receiving a resource adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment request carries an adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: a data amount of data to be transmitted and/or Supporting the service type; performing resource adjustment on the first terminal device, including: performing the resource according to the adjustment request parameter; or
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the collision adjustment request indicates that a data transmission of the first terminal device collides;
  • the adjusting, by the terminal device includes: performing resource adjustment after receiving the collision adjustment request.
  • the method further includes: sending a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, The collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision detection on the transmission resource to be measured, where the to-be-measured data transmission resource is a transmission in the contention resource pool indicated by the transmission resource information to be measured in the collision measurement instruction.
  • the resource, the collision measurement instruction is further used to indicate the first terminal device:
  • the base station Determining to the base station according to the number of second terminal devices and the expected feedback amount indicated by the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is satisfied Reporting a collision measurement report, wherein the second terminal device is a terminal device around the first terminal device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that is expected by the base station to feed back a collision on the transmission resource to be measured. ;
  • the transmission resource to be measured is different from the transmission resource used by the first terminal device.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, wherein the collision reporting condition includes: detecting, in the collision measurement period, that the number of collisions of the data transmission is greater than the setting on the transmission resource to be measured The number of collision thresholds; or
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, where the collision reporting condition includes: the number of data packets detected on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the total number of data packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision ratio threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction further includes: collision detection condition information
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but the received signal solution When the adjustment fails, determining that a collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource to be measured; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the set in-band radiation interference power Detecting a threshold, and determining that a data transmission collision occurs on the transmission resource to be measured when the demodulation of the expected data fails, wherein the expected data is received on an adjacent transmission resource that is expected to be in the part of the transmission resource Data, the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the method further includes: receiving the collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes the following information. At least one of:
  • the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with data transmission;
  • the method further includes: sending a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device
  • the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period of its own, a collision threshold of its own resources, and a threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources;
  • the collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the self-collision situation is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the self-resources, wherein the self-collision condition refers to the power of the signal received on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device is greater than The case where the self resource collides with a power threshold.
  • the method further includes: receiving The collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identification information of the terminal device that collides with the transmission resource used by the first terminal device or
  • the information about the collision transmission resource includes at least one of the following information:
  • the sending the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device includes: sending the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device after receiving the collision measurement capability information.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool for scheduling Or data data resource pool.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless communication system, including a base station and a terminal device.
  • the base station is configured to determine the resource pool information, and broadcast the resource pool information, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, and the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used for the device to Device D2D data transmission; the transmission resource in the contention resource pool may be used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices; if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different Transmission resource period;
  • the terminal device is configured to receive the resource pool information broadcast by the base station, and perform device-to-device D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool indicated by the resource pool information.
  • the base station dynamically schedules different terminal devices in the scheduling-based D2D communication mode specified in the existing standard when the transmission resources of the entire system are fixed. Compared with the orthogonal transmission resources, the terminal device can obtain more transmission resources per unit time.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the vehicle network, the requirements of the vehicle network communication can be met.
  • the base station may use a differential indication when sending the resource pool information to the terminal device.
  • the resource pool information specifically includes:
  • the location information of the transmission resources in some resource pools in the competition resource pool and
  • the number of information bits required in the resource pool information can be significantly reduced, reducing the signaling overhead.
  • the base station may determine the terminal device according to the service type of the terminal device and/or the priority of the terminal device.
  • the size and period of the required transmission resources are allocated one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools to support different service types and/or according to the determined size and period of the transmission resources required by the terminal device.
  • the priority of the terminal device can be allocated an appropriate resource pool to improve the efficiency of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • multiple resource pools of different sizes can be used at the same time, or multiple resource pools with different periods are used at the same time, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to support different types of services.
  • the terminal device may perform collision measurement on the collision condition of the transmission resource in the contention pool, and report the collision measurement report, and the base station may adjust the resource pool allocated to the terminal device according to the collision measurement report, thereby effectively avoiding collision and improving data. Transmission efficiency.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a D2D communication mode
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission manner when D2D communication is implemented in an LTE system in the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of resource scheduling and data transmission mode when D2D communication is implemented in an LTE system in the prior art
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission process in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a division manner of a D2D transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of another division manner of a D2D transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of still another manner of dividing a D2D transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of still another manner of dividing a D2D transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of allocating or adjusting transmission resources in a contention pool for a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of collision interference
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of in-band radiation interference
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a terminal identifier that can detect a collision of data transmission
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a terminal identifier that cannot detect a collision of data transmission
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource information notification apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a resource information notification method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the current second generation (2 nd Generation, 2G), third generation (3 rd Generation, 3G) communication system and a next generation communication system such as Global System for Mobile (GSM, Global System for Mobile communications ), Code Division Multiple CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) system, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA, Frequency Division Multiple) Addressing) system, Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system, single carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) system, Long Term Evolution (LTE) , Long Term Evolution) systems, and other such communication systems.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile
  • Code Division Multiple CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the terminal device which may be a wireless terminal, may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device that is connected to the wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), and the wireless terminal can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or called a "bee” A "phone” and a computer having a mobile terminal, for example, may be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a radio access network eg, RAN, Radio Access Network
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • a base station can refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface.
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE. This application is not limited.
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • the data transmission apparatus, method and system provided by the embodiments of the present invention are used to solve the problem that the data transmission mode of the scheduling-based D2D communication specified in the current LTE standard cannot meet the requirements of the vehicle networking communication.
  • the base station sends the resource pool information to the terminal device, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, where the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used for the D2D number.
  • the transmission resource in the contention pool may be used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices; the terminal device receives the resource pool information sent by the base station, and transmits the resource pool in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information. D2D data transmission on the resource.
  • the base station dynamically schedules different terminal devices in the scheduling-based D2D communication mode specified in the existing standard when the transmission resources of the entire system are fixed. Compared with the orthogonal transmission resources, the terminal device can obtain more transmission resources per unit time.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the vehicle network, the requirements of the vehicle network communication can be met.
  • the base station may use a differential indication when sending the resource pool information to the terminal device.
  • the resource pool information specifically includes:
  • the location information of the transmission resources in some resource pools in the competition resource pool and
  • the number of information bits required in the resource pool information can be significantly reduced, reducing the signaling overhead.
  • the base station may determine the terminal device according to the service type of the terminal device and/or the priority of the terminal device.
  • the size and period of the required transmission resources are allocated one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools to support different service types and/or according to the determined size and period of the transmission resources required by the terminal device.
  • the priority of the terminal device can be allocated an appropriate resource pool to improve the efficiency of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • multiple resource pools of different sizes can be used at the same time, or multiple resource pools with different periods are used at the same time, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to support different types of services.
  • the terminal device may perform collision measurement on the collision situation of the transmission resource in the contention pool, and report the collision measurement report, and the base station may adjust the allocation to the terminal device according to the collision measurement report.
  • Resource pool can effectively avoid collisions and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the data transmission performed by the terminal described in the embodiment of the present invention refers to D2D data transmission.
  • the resource pools described in the embodiments of the present invention refer to resource pools in a pool of competing resources, which may be allocated by the base station or selected by the terminal itself.
  • the scheduling resource pool mentioned in the embodiment of the present invention is different from the competition resource pool.
  • Any transmission resource in the contention pool may be used by multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated by the base station to different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the first embodiment provides a wireless communication system including a terminal device 401 and a base station 402, and other terminal devices, and some of the other terminal devices can perform D2D communication with the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 is configured to send the resource pool information to the terminal device 401, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention pool; wherein the transmission resource in the contention pool may be a terminal device in the wireless communication system. Or multiple terminal devices are used at the same time;
  • the terminal device 401 is configured to receive resource pool information sent by the base station 402, and perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information.
  • the main service of D2D communication specified in the LTE standard is public security, and usually carries a voice over Internet Protocol (VOIP) data or a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) file with a small amount of data.
  • VOIP voice over Internet Protocol
  • FTP File Transfer Protocol
  • the number of terminals in the system is not large.
  • a typical public safety scenario is: 6-8 groups, each group of 12-18 users, covering up to 1.5 miles.
  • the D2D communication implemented in the LTE system currently adopts the mechanism of two SA repeated transmissions and four times of repeated data transmission as shown in FIG. 3, and the base station transmits each time. Dynamically schedule orthogonal transmission resources to avoid collisions. Although there is a certain waste of transmission resources, communication coverage is guaranteed.
  • car networking communication as a kind of D2D communication, in the typical application scenario of China's high-density urban area, if according to the existing D2D data transmission mode, QPSK is adopted, and the code rate is 1/2 channel coding, 2
  • the secondary SA plus 4 times of data retransmission all the users of the cell transmit and calculate on the orthogonal resources, and need about 120 physical resource blocks (PRBs) to support the data of all the vehicles in the cell, that is, the transmission bandwidth required to be used exceeds 20MHz. If the vehicle density is further increased, the required transmission bandwidth is larger. In fact, the car networking business is unable to apply for such a large transmission bandwidth.
  • the data transmission mode of D2D communication specified in the current LTE standard cannot meet the requirements of the vehicle networking communication.
  • the transmission resources in the contention pool can be used by multiple terminal devices simultaneously for D2D data transmission
  • the transmission resources of the entire system must be In case of D2D as specified in the current LTE standard
  • the base station dynamically allocates orthogonal transmission resources for different terminal devices, and the terminal device can obtain more transmission resources per unit time, which can meet the requirements of the vehicle networking communication.
  • the terminal devices having a certain interval in the space of the cell can perform contention transmission on the same transmission resource without causing collision, and the transmission resource is empty. Sub-multiplexing improves data transmission efficiency.
  • the communication process includes the following steps:
  • the base station 402 sends the resource pool information to the terminal device 401, and the base station 402 can send the resource pool information to the terminal device 401 by using a broadcast or unicast method, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the contention in the contention pool in the wireless communication system.
  • the terminal device 401 determines a contention resource pool according to the received resource pool information.
  • the terminal device 401 reports its own capability to the base station 402.
  • Step S503 may be performed before or after step S501, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device 401 may determine, by using step S504 or step S504', the resource pool in the contention resource pool used by the data transmission, and perform the D2D data transmission by using the transmission resource in the determined resource pool;
  • step S504 the terminal device 401 performs D2D data transmission on the transmission resource of the resource pool in the contention pool configured by the base station 402, and the step S504 includes the following two sub-steps:
  • the base station 402 allocates a resource pool in the contention pool to the terminal device 401.
  • the terminal device 401 performs D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the configured resource pool.
  • step S504 the terminal device 401 selects a resource pool from the contention resource pool, and performs D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the selected resource pool.
  • Example three An alternative for the terminal device 401 to select a resource pool and the base station 402 to allocate a resource pool can be seen later. Example three.
  • the base station 402 sends a resource adjustment instruction to the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 may send a resource adjustment command after the data transmission of the terminal device 401 collides or the resource adjustment request sent by the terminal device 401, and adjust the resource pool used by the terminal device 401 for D2D data transmission.
  • the terminal device 401 performs D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the adjusted resource pool.
  • Steps S505 and S506 are optional steps. During the D2D data transmission process performed by the terminal device 401, the resource pool may not need to be adjusted.
  • the base station 402 sends a measurement collision instruction to the terminal device 401, instructing the terminal device 401 to perform collision measurement.
  • the transmission resources that can be used for the terminal device 401 are measured. Or the measurement may also be directed to other transmission resources in the contention pool, in which case the base station 402 may indicate the transmission resource to be measured in the measurement collision instruction.
  • the base station 402 can also indicate information such as a collision reporting condition in the measurement collision command.
  • S508 The terminal device 401 performs collision measurement.
  • the terminal device 401 reports the collision measurement report to the base station 402 when the collision report condition is met, or the terminal device 401 meets the collision report condition, according to the number of surrounding terminal devices and the base station 402 indicated in the collision measurement instruction.
  • the feedback amount of the collision on the transmission resource to be measured is fed back, and the collision measurement report is reported to the base station 402.
  • the base station 402 adjusts the transmission resource of the terminal device that has collided with the transmission resource according to the collision measurement report reported by the terminal device 401.
  • step S505 and step S506 are resource adjustment processes, which are independent of the collision process specified in steps S507 to S510.
  • the actual communication process there is no sequence, any one of the processes may exist, or there are two process.
  • the base station 402 It is also possible to control other terminal devices for collision measurement, and adjust the resource pool of the terminal device 401 according to the collision measurement report reported by other terminal devices.
  • the terminal device 401 can report whether it supports the collision measurement or the base station 402 supports the collision measurement in step S503.
  • the terminal device sends a collision measurement instruction to instruct the terminal device to perform collision measurement.
  • step S507 to step S510 regarding the collision measurement reference may be made to the following fourth embodiment.
  • the base station 402 transmits the resource pool information of the contention pool to the terminal device 401, and the terminal device 401 can perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the resource pool allocated by the base station 402, or the terminal device 401 itself. Selecting one or more resource pools in the contention resource pool to perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resources in the selected one or more resource pools, because the transmission resources in the contention resource pool can be simultaneously used by multiple terminal devices, thereby improving Data transmission efficiency.
  • the base station 402 can adjust the transmission resources used by the terminal device 401 in which the transmission resource collides, avoid collision, and further improve the transmission efficiency of the D2D data transmission.
  • the terminal device 401 may perform collision measurement on the contention pool and report the collision measurement report, and the base station 402 may adjust the resource pool used by the terminal device whose transmission resource collides according to the collision measurement report. It can effectively avoid collisions and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the second embodiment provides an alternative for the base station 402 to configure a resource pool in a contention resource pool.
  • the D2D transmission resources in the entire wireless communication system may be divided into a scheduling resource pool and a contention resource pool.
  • Any of the transmission resources in the contention pool may be used by multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated by the base station to different terminal devices are orthogonal to each other.
  • the D2D transmission resource in the entire wireless communication system may also be only a contention resource pool, and there is no scheduling resource pool.
  • the contention resource pool may include one resource pool, and may also include multiple resource pools.
  • the transmission resources in the resource pool included in the contention resource pool are periodically generated, and each resource pool has the same or different transmission resource period.
  • the resource pools included in the content pool can belong to different resource pool groups.
  • Different resource pool groups have different periods. For example, the period of the first resource pool group is 100ms, and the period of the second resource pool group is 200ms. Similarly, any one or more of the frequency, frequency domain, and time domain locations of different resource pool groups may also be different.
  • the transmission resources in the resource pool included in the contention pool periodically appear. It can adapt to the characteristics of vehicle network business data and is more suitable for the business characteristics of the vehicle network.
  • the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, the multiple resource pools may have different transmission resource periods. Can adapt to the requirements of different business types.
  • the size of each resource pool included in the contention resource pool may be the same or different, and may also be adapted to data transmission requirements of different service types.
  • the base station 402 can allocate the resource pools included in the contention resource pool to the terminal device 401 according to a fixed transmission period, and the terminal equipment performs data transmission on the transmission resources in the resource pools.
  • the base station 402 can determine, according to the service type supported by the terminal device 401, the size and period of the transmission resource required by the terminal device 401, according to the determined size and period of the transmission resource required by the terminal device 401, or The terminal device 401 can be allocated one or more resource pools in the contention resource pool according to the size and period of the transmission resources required by the terminal device 401, so that the on-demand allocation of the transmission resources can be realized, and the utilization of the transmission resources in the contention resource pool can be improved. rate.
  • each resource pool included in the contention resource pool is orthogonal to each other, which may reduce interference between resource pools.
  • each resource pool included in the contention resource pool may also partially overlap, or one resource pool may include another resource pool, and flexible allocation of resources may be implemented.
  • each resource pool included in the contention resource pool may be an SA resource pool or data (Data).
  • Resource pool The SA in the SA resource pool is used to indicate the transmission resource used by the terminal device corresponding to the SA in the data resource pool. If the SA resource pool appears in a periodic period, the period is called the SA period.
  • the SA resource pool and the data resource pool are respectively a resource pool and a scheduling resource pool in the contention pool.
  • the multiple resource pools may belong to different X priorities.
  • the higher the priority the smaller the probability that the transmission resources in the resource pool collide, where X Is a positive integer.
  • the base station 402 can notify the terminal device 401 to compete for resource pool information of the resource pool by using a broadcast message.
  • the resource pool information may include basic information of a contention pool, such as a center frequency and a bandwidth of each resource pool included in the contention pool, or may be a start frequency location and an end frequency location, a time domain location, and a resource pool. Period, priority information of the resource pool, etc.
  • the base station 402 may include frequency domain location information of each of the multiple resource pools in FIG. 6 in the resource pool information.
  • time domain location information for example, for each of the plurality of resource pools, the resource pool information includes a resource block (RB) number of the resource pool, and a number of RBs included in the resource pool. The starting subframe number of the resource pool and the number of subframes included in the resource pool.
  • RB resource block
  • the indication manner of the resource pool information needs to indicate detailed location information for each resource pool, and the number of required information bits is large.
  • the base station 402 may include the following information:
  • Relative location information of other resource pools except these partial resource pools relative to transport resources in these partial resource pools.
  • multiple resource pools have the same size, occupy the same frequency domain location, and have different time domain locations.
  • the LTE system is still used as an example.
  • only the starting RB number of the resource pool in the time domain or the frequency domain, the number of RBs included in the resource pool, and the starting subframe number of the resource pool may be indicated.
  • the resource The number of sub-frames included in the pool; for other resource pools, only the difference between the starting subframe number of the other resource pool and the starting subframe number of the resource pool at the start of the time domain or the frequency domain may be indicated. , indicating the relative location of the other resource pool relative to the resource pool at the start of the time domain or frequency domain. This eliminates the need to indicate detailed location information for each resource pool, saving the number of information bits.
  • the resource pools of the same resource pool and the same period can be marked differently.
  • the resource pools can be classified into resource pools 1 and 2, 3, and 4, 5, and 6 groups according to the size and period.
  • the resource pool identifier should include the first resource in each group.
  • contention pool shown in FIG. 8 is used as an example.
  • the multiple resource pools included in the contention pool are the same in size, occupy the same time domain location, and have different frequency domain locations.
  • the LTE system is still used as an example.
  • the starting RB number of the resource pool at the starting position in the frequency domain the number of RBs included in the resource pool, the starting subframe number of the resource pool, and the resource may be indicated.
  • the number of sub-frames included in the pool; for other resource pools, the difference between the starting RB number of the other resource pool and the starting RB number of the top-ranked resource pool may be indicated, that is, the other resources are indicated.
  • the relative position of the pool relative to the top resource pool This eliminates the need to indicate detailed location information for each resource pool, saving the number of information bits.
  • the resource pools may also be numbered, and the multiple resource pools may belong to an area of the same resource pool or an area belonging to different resource pools.
  • the multiple resource pools have a unique resource pool identifier, and the resource pool identifier may include: an identifier of the area of the resource pool to which the resource pool belongs, and a number of the resource pool in the area. Or, if all the resource pools in the area of all resource pools are uniformly numbered, any one resource pool will have a unique resource pool number in the cell.
  • the resource pool information may include a numbering rule of the resource pool to indicate the number of each resource pool when multiple resource pools are divided in one area where the resource pool is located.
  • Resource pool The number can be a range of values. For example, an area of the resource pool includes 10 competing resource pools numbered 1 to 10. Alternatively, each resource pool included in an area of the contention pool may be separately indicated. For example, an area of the resource pool includes resource pools numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9.
  • the resource pool information needs to include location information of multiple resource pools in the area of each resource pool.
  • the location information may include detailed location information of each resource pool, and may also adopt a manner of indicating location information of a part of the resource pool and indicating relative location information of other resource pools relative to the location of the partial resource pool. To indicate the location of each resource pool.
  • Embodiment 3 provides an allocation and adjustment scheme of resource pools in an optional contention resource pool.
  • the following describes the three aspects of terminal device capability reporting, resource pool selection and allocation, and resource pool adjustment.
  • the terminal device 401 can perform capability reporting in step S503.
  • the step may be reported when the terminal device 401 initially accesses, or after the connection with the base station 402 is established, and the LTE system is taken as an example, after the terminal device 401 and the base station 402 establish a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection. Reported.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the terminal device 401 may carry its own capability information in a public safety user information (ProSeUEInfomation) message.
  • ProSeUEInfomation public safety user information
  • the capability information may include contention resource pool transmission capability information, indicating that the terminal device 401 supports D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool.
  • the contention resource pool transmission capability information can be indicated by using 1 bit information.
  • the capability information may further include collision measurement capability information, indicating that the terminal device 401 supports the collision measurement, and the base station 402 may determine, according to the collision measurement capability information, that the terminal device 401 supports the collision measurement, and sends a collision measurement instruction to the terminal device 401, and configures the terminal device. 401 performs collision measurement.
  • the collision measurement capability information can be indicated using 1 bit information.
  • the competing resource pool transmission capability information and the collision measurement capability information may share a 1-bit same information indication. If the 1-bit information is “1”, it indicates that the terminal device 401 supports the D2D data transmission by using the transmission resource in the contention pool. Collision measurement is also supported. If the 1-bit information is "0”, it indicates that the terminal device 401 does not support the use of the transmission resources in the contention pool for D2D data transmission, and does not support collision measurement.
  • the capability information may further include information of a priority level to which the terminal device 401 belongs.
  • the higher the priority of the terminal device 401 the higher the priority of the resource pool in the contention resource pool to which the transmission resource that the terminal device 401 can use belongs. As described above, the higher the priority of the resource pool, the smaller the probability that the transmission resource collides. Therefore, the higher the priority of the terminal device 401, the higher the priority of the resource pool in the resource pool can be avoided. Collision.
  • the terminal device 401 can indicate the priority to which it belongs by using the information of 1 to 4 bits.
  • the priority of the terminal device 401 may be consistent with the division rule of the priority of the resource pool, or may be inconsistent.
  • the capability information may further include a service type supported by the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 may determine the size and period of the transmission resource required by the terminal device 401 according to the service type supported by the terminal device 401, and according to the transmission resource required by the terminal device 401. Size and period, select a resource pool from the pool of competing resources.
  • the data transmission period and the size of the data packets vary greatly.
  • the avoidance information sent by the ambulance can be relatively low, and the transmission frequency of the anti-collision message triggered by the emergency brake of the vehicle is very high, and the period of the transmission resources required for the two kinds of information is different.
  • transmission resources are different for different application scenarios. Therefore, the terminal device 401 (for example, a vehicle) can report the supported service type to the base station 402, and the base station 402 allocates the resource pool in the contention pool according to the service type supported by the terminal device 401.
  • the terminal device 401 can perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the resource pool selected by itself or on the transmission resource in the resource pool allocated by the base station 402.
  • the terminal device 401 may select one of the resource pools in the contention pool or select two or more resource pools in the pool.
  • the terminal device 401 determines the size and period of the required transmission resources according to the service type supported by the terminal, and determines the required transmission resources according to the determined requirements.
  • the size and period of the resource pool are selected from multiple competing resource pools. In this way, a sufficient adaptation of the transmission resources that the terminal device 401 can use to the types of services supported by the terminal device 401 can be achieved.
  • the terminal device 401 selects a resource pool from a plurality of competing resource pools according to its own priority.
  • the higher the priority of the terminal device 401 the higher the priority of the resource pool to which the transport resource can be used.
  • the higher the priority of the resource pool is, the smaller the probability that the transmission resource collides, so that the terminal device 401 with high priority can avoid the collision by selecting the resource pool with high priority.
  • the base station 402 can continuously send priority information of the resource pool according to the usage of the resource pool and the collision measurement report of each resource pool reported by the terminal device 401 (for example, a smaller broadcast period such as 5 ms) Send priority information), and notify all terminal devices in the cell by broadcast or unicast.
  • the priority information may specifically include:
  • the level number of the priority to which each resource pool belongs or
  • the collision probability information of each resource pool may indirectly indicate the priority of the resource pool. For example, the higher the collision probability, the lower the priority of the resource pool.
  • the terminal device 401 may decide to use the higher priority resource pool for D2D data transmission.
  • the terminal device 401 can also report the number of the selected resource pool to the base station 402, requesting the base station 402 to authorize.
  • the base station 402 may determine, according to the priority of the terminal device 401, whether the terminal device 401 is authorized to use the transmission resource in the resource pool requested by the terminal device 401. Alternatively, the base station 402 may not be reported to perform D2D data transmission directly on the transmission resources in the selected resource pool.
  • the base station 402 determines the size and period of the transmission resources required by the terminal device 401 according to the service type supported by the terminal device 401 reported by the terminal device 401. And according to the transmission resources required by the terminal device 401 The size and period of the selection of one or more resource pools from multiple competing resource pools. In this way, a sufficient adaptation of the transmission resources that the terminal device 401 can use to the types of services supported by the terminal device 401 can be achieved.
  • the base station 402 allocates a resource pool in the contention pool to the terminal device 401 according to the priority of the terminal device 401 reported by the terminal device.
  • the higher the priority of the terminal device 401 the higher the priority of the resource pool that can be used.
  • the higher the priority of the resource pool the smaller the probability that the transmission resource collides, so that the terminal device 401 with high priority can select the transmission resource of the resource pool with high priority to avoid the occurrence of the resource pool. collision.
  • the base station 402 can update the priority of the resource pool in real time according to the usage of the resource pool, and can notify all terminal devices in the cell by using a broadcast manner.
  • the base station 402 can configure the resource pool used by the terminal device 401 by using dedicated signaling, such as RRC signaling. For example, the base station 402 sends resource pool allocation information to the terminal device 401, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate that the base station 402 is allocated from the contention pool. One or more resource pools for the terminal device 401.
  • the above resource pool allocation information may include at least one of the following information:
  • the terminal device 401 may select from the allocated resource pool or the selected resource pool. In the resource pool, randomly select the transmission resource or select the earliest transmission resource that the data to be sent can be used.
  • the base station 402 can send a resource adjustment instruction, where the resource adjustment instruction can be used to re-allocate the resource pool in the contention pool or the resource pool in the new contention pool.
  • the resource adjustment instruction may also be used to re-allocate or add a new resource pool to the terminal device 401. Transmission resources.
  • the terminal device 401 may initiate a scheduling request, such as a Buffer Status Report (BSR), on the premise of using the allocated transmission resources. , requesting transmission resources for the remaining untransmitted data.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • the base station 402 schedules the terminal device 401 to use the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool based on the terminal device 401 scheduling request.
  • the base station 402 may send the resource adjustment instruction to the terminal device 401 after determining that the data transmission to the terminal device 401 collides, or the base station 402 may determine that the data transmission of the terminal device 401 collides and detects the terminal device 401 for the first time.
  • the resource adjustment command is transmitted to the terminal device 401 when the number of collisions in which the data transmission of the terminal device 401 has occurred exceeds the set resource adjustment decision threshold within the resource adjustment decision time period after the collision of the data transmission.
  • the base station 402 can re-allocate the resource pool with a small collision probability for the terminal device 401, and improve the data transmission efficiency of the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 may determine that the data transmission of the terminal device 401 collides after receiving the collision measurement report for instructing the data transmission of the terminal device 401 to collide.
  • the method for reporting the measurement report by the terminal device 401 may refer to the following fourth embodiment. .
  • the terminal device 401 may reselect the resource pool from the pool of competing resources when detecting that its own data transmission collides, or adjust the resource after detecting that its own data transmission collides and detects the collision of its own data transmission for the first time.
  • the resource pool is reselected from the contention pool, and the resource pool with a lower collision probability, such as a resource with higher priority, is selected.
  • the pool of idle resources detected by the pool or terminal device 401 can improve its own data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal device 401 may reselect the resource pool or the newly added resource pool from the contention pool according to the data volume of the data to be transmitted and/or the service type supported by the terminal device 401.
  • the terminal device 401 may also send a resource adjustment request to the base station 402, where the request carries an adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: a data amount of data to be transmitted and/or a service type supported by the terminal device 401; After the resource adjustment request, the resource pool used by the terminal device 401 is adjusted according to the above adjustment request parameter.
  • the resource adjustment request may be BSR.
  • the terminal device 401 can implement flexible configuration of the transmission resource by transmitting the resource adjustment request or adjusting the resource by itself.
  • the transmission resources used can be flexibly adjusted to improve the scalability of the solution.
  • the terminal device 401 reports the data volume of the data to be transmitted to the base station 402, indicating the currently allocated resource. In addition to the pool, other resource pools are required.
  • the processing manner may include, but is not limited to, the following three types:
  • the base station 402 allocates the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool to the terminal device 401 for D2D data transmission, and sends a dedicated scheduling resource indication to the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 redistributes the other resource pools in the contention pool for the terminal device 401.
  • the first resource information may be used to indicate that the original resource pool is still used.
  • the base station 402 re-allocates the resource pool in the competing resource pool for the terminal device 401, and reclaims the originally allocated resource pool.
  • the original resource pool may be reclaimed by using 1-bit information.
  • the terminal device 401 may unpack the data packets to be sent, and respectively transmit the split data packets on the original resource pool (if not recovered) and the transmission resources in the reallocated resource pool.
  • the base station 402 does not allocate a resource pool in the new contention pool, and does not allocate the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool.
  • the terminal device 401 discards the data packet to be transmitted, or uses the transmission resource of the next period to perform data transmission.
  • the terminal device 401 may send the resource usage status information to the base station 402.
  • the state in which the terminal device 401 currently uses the resource pool in the contention resource pool may include the size of the data packet to be transmitted, the transmission period, and the like that the terminal device 401 perceives.
  • the base station 402 may determine to reclaim part of the resource pool in the contention pool allocated by the terminal device 401 according to the message sent by the terminal device 401, or re-allocate the appropriate resource pool for the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 can send the configuration information of the allocated resource pool to the terminal device 401 by using dedicated signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • the data resource pool and the SA resource pool are distinguished.
  • the configuration information may include: a number of the resource pool, and a frequency domain location of the resource pool, such as a frequency domain start location and a frequency domain end location, a resource pool time domain location, and a resource pool period.
  • the frequency domain start position and the frequency domain end position may be absolute values, or may be an offset from a frequency domain position of the selected resource pool, for example, an offset of a frequency domain start position, or The number of the set frequency domain resource.
  • the time domain location may be an offset from the system frame number, or may be an offset from a time domain location of the contention resource pool, such as an offset from a time domain start location of the contention resource pool, or Is the number of the time domain resource that is set.
  • the period of the resource pool may be the same as or different from the SA period, and may be an integer multiple of the SA period.
  • the absolute value of the period of the resource pool may be indicated, or the multiple of the resource pool relative to the SA period may be indicated.
  • the SA may carry indication information for indicating a location of the data resource, indicating that the data resource of the terminal device 401 exists after how many SA cycles after the SA occurs.
  • the configuration information may include: a frequency domain location of the resource pool, a time domain location of the resource pool, and a frequency hopping indication.
  • the scheme for the base station 402 to allocate and adjust the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool for the terminal device 401 The scheme for allocating resource pools in a pool of competing resources is similar, or may also refer to an allocation scheme of scheduling resource pools in D2D communication specified in the current LTE standard.
  • the resource pool in the contention pool allocated or adjusted for the terminal device 401 can be as shown in FIG. 9.
  • Embodiment 4 provides an alternative collision detection scheme.
  • the distance between the terminal devices 401 is constantly changing as the vehicle operates, and there may be cases where a plurality of terminal devices are relatively close, and the same transmission resources are used at the same time, or there are overlapping transmission resources used. In this case, at this time, the D2D data transmission between the terminal devices interferes with each other, which is called “collision interference", as shown in FIG.
  • the first terminal device is closer to the terminal device that performs collision detection, and the second terminal device is farther away from the terminal device that performs collision detection.
  • a possible situation is that the signal transmitted by the first terminal device leaks into the adjacent frequency signal, and generates in-band emission to the signal of the second terminal device that is simultaneously transmitted in the adjacent frequency.
  • the terminal device that causes the collision detection cannot correctly receive the data of the second terminal device.
  • Various types of interference such as the above two types of interference may cause data transmission failure, and when data transmission fails due to interference, data transmission may be considered to collide.
  • the terminal device transmits data by means of broadcasting, and the terminal for transmitting data is set. It is impossible to determine whether the data sent by itself is correctly received by the receiving end. Therefore, in the fourth embodiment, other terminal devices can be used for collision detection.
  • the other terminal device identifies that the transmission resource in the contention pool is interfered, or the data transmission of the terminal device collides, and the other terminal device reports the identification information of the terminal device that collides with the data transmission to the base station, or The information about the interfered transmission resource is reported to the base station, and the information of the contention pool in which the transmission resource is interfered is reported to the base station.
  • the base station 402 can report related information about the collision that occurs according to the collision measurement report reported by the terminal device 401.
  • the base station 402 can adjust the terminal device that collides with the data transmission from the collision resource pool according to the information. To achieve the purpose of interference resolution.
  • the base station 402 can configure the collision measurement for the terminal device 401, for example, sending a collision measurement instruction to the terminal device 401, and starting the terminal device 401 to perform collision measurement.
  • the base station can measure the number of the terminal devices according to the current configuration, the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of the target terminal device, and the channel quality indicator reported by the target terminal device.
  • Indicator, CQI) indicates the channel quality, Timing Advance (TA) advance, the location information reported by the target terminal device, and the serving cell before handover, and determines whether to use the target terminal device as the collision measurement terminal device. Further, it may be determined that the target terminal device performs collision measurement on which resource pools in the contention resource pool or specific ones of the specific one or more resource pools in the competition resource pool.
  • the collision measurement instruction may instruct the terminal device 401 to perform collision measurement on the indicated transmission resources to be measured in the indicated plurality of contention resource pools, and may also instruct the terminal device 401 to perform collision measurement on the used transmission resources.
  • the following two cases are distinguished separately.
  • the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the indicated transmission resource to be measured.
  • the indication information is "0”, indicating that collision measurement is not required for the resource pool.
  • the indication information is "1”, indicating that collision measurement is required for the resource pool.
  • each bit in the bitmap indicates an RB, and the indication information is “0” indicating that the collision measurement is not required for the RB, and the indication information “1” indicates that the collision measurement needs to be performed on the RB.
  • the information about the transmission resource to be measured may be implemented in various manners as long as the transmission resource to be measured can be indicated.
  • the terminal device 401 After receiving the collision measurement instruction, the terminal device 401 attempts to demodulate each data packet received on the indicated transmission resource to be determined, and determines whether the collision reporting condition is met.
  • the terminal device 401 When the terminal device 401 satisfies the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information, the terminal device 401 reports the collision measurement report to the base station 402. Alternatively, when the terminal device 401 satisfies the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information, the terminal device 401 determines the number of surrounding terminal devices.
  • the terminal device 401 may determine whether to report the collision measurement report to the base station 402 according to the collision measurement report reporting probability indicated by the base station 402 when the collision reporting condition is met.
  • the collision reporting condition may include: a first collision reporting condition or a second collision reporting condition.
  • the first collision reporting condition includes:
  • the terminal device 401 detects that the number of collisions of the data transmission on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the set collision threshold threshold in the set collision measurement period.
  • the collision detection period may not be set, and the first collision reporting condition includes: after the terminal device 401 receives the collision measurement instruction, detecting that the data transmission collision occurs on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the set collision The threshold of the number of times.
  • the collision reporting condition information may specifically include: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold.
  • the second collision reporting conditions include:
  • the ratio of the number of collision-detected data packets detected by the terminal device 401 to the total number of received data packets on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the set collision ratio threshold in the set collision measurement period.
  • the collision detection period may not be set, and the second collision reporting condition includes: after the terminal device 401 receives the collision measurement instruction, the number of data packets that are detected to be detected on the transmission resource to be measured is received. The proportion of the total number of packets arrived.
  • the collision reporting condition information may specifically include: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold.
  • the collision reporting condition information involved in the above two collision conditions includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold.
  • the collision measurement period and the collision threshold are set to avoid counting bursts due to channel fading, that is, data reception failure. Setting a collision threshold and collision measurement period can effectively avoid data reception failure caused by single random interference being erroneously detected as data reception failure caused by collision.
  • the collision measurement period may be an enum variable, which represents a period of statistical collision, such as ⁇ 100ms, 200ms, 300ms ⁇ , etc., or may be a default value set; the collision threshold may also be an enum variable, which represents a period of statistical collision.
  • the upper limit of the number of collisions counted such as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ , can also be a default value of the setting, or it can be left unset.
  • the collision detection condition information may include: a collision power detection threshold.
  • a collision power detection threshold When the power of the signal received by the terminal device 401 on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold but the demodulation of the received signal fails, the terminal device 401 determines that the detection is detected. The data transmission collides, and this case is directed to the case of collision interference shown in FIG.
  • the purpose of setting the collision power detection threshold is to distinguish data reception failure caused by collision and link power shortage. As shown in Figure 12, data loss may occur due to insufficient link power. Therefore, you can set the appropriate collision power detection threshold to eliminate the scenario where the link power is insufficient. It is considered that the data reception failure in which the received power exceeds the collision power detection threshold is caused by a collision.
  • the collision The power detection threshold can be an enumeration (enum) variable, such as ⁇ -80dBm, -85dBm, -90dBm ⁇ , etc., or it can be a default value of a setting.
  • the collision detection condition information may include: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and the power of the signal received by the terminal device 401 on part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and the transmission resource is expected in the part.
  • the terminal device 401 also determines that a collision of the data transmission is detected, wherein the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the in-band radiation interference power detection threshold may be an enumeration (enum) variable, such as ⁇ -80dBm, -85dBm, -90dBm ⁇ , etc., or a default value of a setting.
  • the terminal device 401 determines whether or not the in-band radiation interference shown in FIG. 11 occurs according to the in-band radiation interference power detection threshold.
  • the collision detecting terminal device may separately determine the received power on different transmission resources and the positional relationship between different transmission resources, thereby determining whether the data reception failure is caused by the intra-band leakage interference. As shown in FIG. 11, the collision detecting terminal device determines that the received power on the first transmission resource exceeds the set in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and determines that the first terminal device is in the first transmission resource by reading the SA information. The data is transmitted on the second transmission resource on the same time slot, but the collision detection terminal device does not correctly receive the data on the second transmission resource, and the collision detection terminal device may determine that the data is caused by the in-band radiation interference of the second terminal device. The receiving failure, wherein the collision detecting terminal device can identify the second terminal device by using the SA sent by the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device 401 can feedback the feedback amount of the collision on the transmission resource to be measured that is expected by the base station 402 according to the number of surrounding terminal devices and the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction when the collision reporting condition is satisfied. And determining whether to report the collision measurement report to the base station 402. If this alternative is employed, base station 402 can include the feedback amount information in the collision measurement command.
  • a feedback amount desired by the base station 402 can be configured, and the expected feedback amount can be an enum variable or a set default value.
  • a threshold value of the number of peripheral terminals may be set, and the terminal device 401 may determine whether to report the collision measurement report according to the threshold value of the number of surrounding terminal devices and the feedback amount expected by the base station 402.
  • the terminal device 401 can calculate the probability P of reporting the collision measurement report by itself according to the following formula:
  • the base station 402 configures a desired feedback amount of 3 for each of the plurality of terminal devices 401.
  • the terminal device 401 determines that there are nine terminal devices in the vicinity as neighbors, the terminal device 401 considers the nine devices.
  • the expected value of the quantity is 3.
  • the terminal device 401 itself generates a random number of 0 to 1. When the random number is less than P, the terminal device 401 determines to report the collision measurement report to the base station 402.
  • the terminal device 401 can determine that the surrounding terminal device is a neighbor by using the following method:
  • the terminal device 401 After the terminal device 401 successfully receives the data sent by a surrounding terminal device, and the received power exceeds the set power threshold, the terminal device is considered to be a neighbor;
  • the power threshold may not be set, and after successfully receiving the data sent by a surrounding terminal device, the terminal device 401 considers the terminal device as a neighbor;
  • a time window may be set, in which the terminal device 401 receives the received power of each data packet of a certain terminal device and exceeds the set power threshold, and considers that the terminal device is a neighbor. This prevents the terminal device 401 from mistakenly identifying it as a neighbor after the terminal device is removed.
  • the terminal device 401 can determine whether to report the collision measurement report to the base station 402 according to the collision measurement report reporting probability indicated by the base station 402 when the collision reporting condition is met.
  • the terminal device 401 may itself generate a random number of 0 to 1. When the random number is less than the probability of reporting the collision measurement report, the terminal device 401 determines to report the collision measurement report to the base station 402.
  • the base station 402 can effectively control the collision reporting amount and reduce the repeated collision reporting.
  • the air interface signaling overhead of the terminal device 401 to the base station 402 is reduced, and the air interface resource utilization is improved.
  • the terminal device 401 can report the collision measurement report by dedicated signaling, such as RRC signaling or in its own data. Optionally, after completing the reporting of a collision measurement report, the terminal device 401 clears the collision detection result and restarts the collision detection.
  • the collision measurement configured by base station 402 can be an event triggered measurement. After the terminal device 401 reports the measurement report, the original measurement configuration remains valid until the terminal device 401 no longer resides in the current serving cell.
  • the parameter is used to configure the resource location of the terminal device 401 for collision measurement, and includes at least one of time domain location information, frequency domain location information, frequency hopping indication, and measurement location period.
  • the terminal device 401 measures the transmission resource to be measured without affecting the transmission of its own data.
  • the terminal device 401 can perform measurement in a connected state, such as an RRC connected state; or can perform measurement in an idle state, for example, after receiving the collision measurement instruction, after returning to the idle state, the measurement is started.
  • a connected state such as an RRC connected state
  • an idle state for example, after receiving the collision measurement instruction, after returning to the idle state, the measurement is started.
  • the collision measurement report may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification information of the terminal device that collides with the data transmission is obtained by the terminal device 401 in the MAC layer header of the data sent by the terminal device that collides with the data transmission when the data transmission of the terminal device that collides with the data transmission does not collide. of.
  • Each MAC data packet sent by the terminal device carries the source ID allocated by the base station for the terminal device, and can be regarded as a type of terminal device identification information.
  • the terminal device 401 Before the terminal device 401 detects the collision, it is detected that one or more terminal devices have been transmitted using the transmission resource corresponding to the collision. However, when other terminal devices move to the vicinity of the terminal device 401, collisions begin to occur. Therefore, the terminal device 401 can identify the source ID of the terminal device in which the data transmission collides, that is, the terminal device identification information.
  • the terminal device 401 detects the terminal device identifier of the first terminal device 401, and reports the terminal device identification information of the first terminal device when a collision occurs. In this case, there may be more than one terminal device identifier that can report that the data transmission has collided.
  • the terminal device 401 when the first terminal device and the second terminal device simultaneously enter the communication range of the terminal device 401, the terminal device 401 cannot know the first terminal device and the first use of the transmission resource that collided from the start of the collision.
  • the terminal device identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device 401 can feed back information of the transmission resource in which the collision occurs.
  • the information of these transmission resources may include at least one of the following information: frequency domain location, time domain location, frequency hopping indication, and the like.
  • the terminal device 401 can report the number of the resource pool in which the transmission resource in which the collision occurs is located.
  • the manner of reporting the information of the transmission resource may be various, and is not limited to the manner of introduction, as long as the base station 402 can determine the transmission resource of the collision according to the information.
  • the terminal device 401 can report the information of the idle transmission resource in the contention pool that is perceived by the terminal device 401, and the reporting of the information can refer to the foregoing collision transmission. The reporting of the information of the resource.
  • the base station 402 After receiving the idle transmission resource information, the base station 402 can reconfigure the transmission resources in the contention pool for the terminal equipment in the cell, and the collision can be avoided as much as possible.
  • the terminal device 401 can identify the first terminal device and the second terminal device, respectively.
  • the terminal device 401 may report the terminal device identification information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and may also report the information of the transmission resource that collided when the collision measurement report is reported.
  • the terminal device 401 can also report the collision situation information of the collision, such as the collision severity information, the collision probability, the number of data packets that generate the collision, and the like.
  • the collision severity information can occupy 1 to 2 bits, indicating the probability of collision probability, such as ⁇ 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% ⁇ .
  • the terminal device 401 may determine that the transmission resource is idle when the signal receiving power on the transmission resource is less than the set idle reception power threshold, or the receiving power of the terminal device 401 on the transmission resource is less than the set idle reception power threshold.
  • the number of data packets is determined to be idle when the ratio of the total number of data packets received by the terminal device 401 on the transmission resource is greater than the set idle ratio threshold.
  • the terminal device 401 reports information of idle transmission resources. For example, information about an idle SA transmission resource or information of an idle data transmission resource occurs.
  • the information of these transmission resources may include at least one of the following information: frequency domain location, time domain location, frequency hopping indication, and the like.
  • the terminal device 401 may also report the number of the resource pool in which the idle transmission resource is located, or the number of the resource pool to which the transmission resource belongs, and the like.
  • the manner of reporting the information of the transmission resource may be various, and is not limited to the manner of introduction, as long as the base station 402 can determine the idle transmission resource according to the information.
  • the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the used transmission resources.
  • the terminal device 401 configures the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401, and the terminal device 401 reports only the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401.
  • the terminal device 401 can measure the transmission resource used by itself by using the measurement location (Gap).
  • the information may occupy 1 bit, and is used to indicate whether the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the transmission resource in the contention pool used by itself. If it is “1”, it means measurement. If it is "0”, it means no measurement.
  • the base station 402 reports a collision measurement report.
  • the collision report condition information specifically includes: a self-collision measurement period, a self-collision power threshold, and a self-resource collision threshold; the collision reporting condition may be: in the collision measurement period, the number of self-collision occurrences is greater than the number of self-collision collisions. Threshold, the self-collision situation refers to a situation in which the power of the signal received by the terminal device 401 on the used transmission resource is greater than the collision threshold of its own resource.
  • the self-collision power threshold is set because the terminal device 401 has the risk of colliding with the data transmitted by the terminal device 401 even if the data of a certain terminal device is correctly received within the configured measurement interval.
  • the resource collision power threshold is set here.
  • the terminal device 401 is determined whether the received data is successful or not. This transmission resource is occupied.
  • the terminal device 401 may determine that the transmission resource used by itself is collided with the transmission resource used by other terminal devices, that is, the collision is reported.
  • the self-collision measurement period and the threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources are set to avoid the misjudgment of the collision caused by the fluctuation of the channel condition, and it is possible to effectively avoid the excessively large reception power caused by the single random interference being erroneously detected as the transmission resource occupation.
  • the self-collision measurement period can be an enum variable, representing a period of statistical collision, such as ⁇ 100ms, 200ms, 300ms ⁇ , etc., or a default value; the threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources can also make the enum variable, representing the collision measurement in itself.
  • the upper limit of the number of collisions counted in the period such as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ , can also be the default value set.
  • the parameter is used to configure the resource location of the terminal device 401 for collision measurement, and includes at least one of time domain location information, frequency domain location information, frequency hopping indication, and measurement location period.
  • the terminal device 401 measures the transmission resource to be measured without affecting the transmission of its own data.
  • the terminal device 401 since the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the transmission resource used by itself, the terminal The device 401 can report only the collision situation of the transmission resource used by the device 401. In this case, the measurement report type does not need to be configured.
  • the terminal device 401 can perform measurement in a connected state, such as an RRC connected state; or can perform measurement in an idle state, for example, after receiving the collision measurement instruction, returning to the idle state and starting measurement.
  • a connected state such as an RRC connected state
  • an idle state for example, after receiving the collision measurement instruction, returning to the idle state and starting measurement.
  • the collision measurement report may include at least one of the following:
  • the information of the transmission resource may include at least one of the following information: a frequency domain location, a time domain location, a frequency hopping indication, and the like. Or, as described above, each resource pool has the number of the resource pool, and the terminal device 401 can also report the number of the resource pool in which the collision transmission resource is located, and the like.
  • the manner of reporting the information of the transmission resource may be various, and is not limited to the manner of introduction, as long as the base station 402 can determine the transmission resource of the collision according to the information.
  • the information may occupy 1 bit, and is used to indicate whether the resource pool in which the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401 is located is occupied by other terminal devices. For example, “1” indicates that it is occupied, and “0” indicates that it is not occupied.
  • the terminal device 401 may also report the identification information of the terminal devices.
  • the terminal device 401 can obtain identification information of the terminal devices, such as a source ID, from the MAC layer header of the data sent by the terminal devices.
  • the method for the terminal device 401 to determine that the transmission resource is idle, and the method for reporting the information of the idle transmission resource may refer to the foregoing description of the section “I.
  • the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the indicated transmission resource to be measured”, and no longer Narration.
  • the terminal device 401 may report a collision measurement report by using a Buffer State Report (BSR) or dedicated signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • BSR Buffer State Report
  • dedicated signaling such as RRC signaling.
  • the base station 402 may reconfigure the transmission resource for the terminal device 401, for example, in the contention pool and/or the scheduling resource pool, if it is determined that the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401 collides.
  • the transmission resource may be reconfigured for other terminal devices that collide with the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401, or may be the transmission resource in the contention pool and/or the scheduling resource pool.
  • the terminal device 401 performs D2D data transmission using the reconfigured transmission resources.
  • the terminal device 401 By configuring the terminal device 401 to perform collision measurement on the transmission resource used by itself, the terminal device 401 does not need to detect the transmission resource other than the transmission resource used by the terminal device 401, thereby reducing the processing load of the terminal device 401. Moreover, the multiple terminal devices 401 are also reported to jointly report the collision of the same transmission resource, which saves the air interface resources, improves the air interface transmission efficiency, and reduces the overhead of the base station 402 sending the collision measurement instruction.
  • the terminal device 401 performs collision measurement on the transmission resources used by other terminal devices, the measurement error measured by the third-party terminal device is avoided, and the air interface overhead reported by the collision measurement report can also be reduced.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 15, the device includes:
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to:
  • the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention pool;
  • the transmission resource in the contention pool is used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices; if the contention pool includes multiple Resource pools, which have the same or different transmission resource periods between different resource pools;
  • Device-to-device D2D data transmission is performed on the transmission resources in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to:
  • contention pool includes multiple resource pools, all the resources in the pool of competing resources broadcast by the base station are received. Location information of the transmission resources in the pool; or
  • the contention pool includes multiple resource pools, the location information of the transmission resources in the resource pools of the contention pools broadcasted by the base station, and the relative resources of the resource pools in the resource pools of the partial resource pools location information.
  • the device further includes: a processing unit 1502, configured to select one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources when the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools; the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: select, in the processing unit 1502 D2D data transmission on some or all of the transmission resources in one or more resource pools; or
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: receive resource pool allocation information sent by the base station, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate that the base station allocates one or more resource pools from the contention pool to the device;
  • the device further includes: a processing unit 1502, configured to determine, according to the resource allocation information, one or more resource pools allocated by the base station;
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: perform D2D data transmission on some or all of the one or more resource pools determined by the processing unit 1502.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: report, to the base station, a service type supported by the device before performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool; and one or more indicated by the resource pool allocation information received by the transceiver unit 1501.
  • the resource pool is determined by the base station according to the service type supported by the device reported by the transceiver unit 1501, and determines the size and period of the transmission resource required by the device, and is selected from the contention pool according to the size and period of the transmission resource required by the device; or
  • the processing unit 1502 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the type of service supported by the device, the size and period of the transmission resource required by the device, and select one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources according to the size and period of the transmission resource required by the determined device. .
  • the processing unit 1502 is specifically configured to: when the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools belonging to different priorities, select one or more resource pools from the multiple resource pools according to the priority of the device.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 1502 selects one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools according to the priority of the device, the priority information sent by the base station is received, and the priority information is used to indicate: the contention pool The priority of multiple resource pools included in them;
  • the level number of the priority to which each resource pool belongs or
  • the processing unit 1502 is further configured to randomly select or select to be sent from one or more resource pools before the transceiver unit 1501 performs D2D data transmission on some or all of the transmission resources in the one or more resource pools.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: after performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource of the contention resource pool, receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, where the resource adjustment instruction is used to re-allocate the resource pool in the contention pool or for Add a resource pool in the pool of competing resources;
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to reallocate the resource pool in the contention resource pool, perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction; or
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to add a resource pool in the contention pool, perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in use and the transmission resource in the resource pool added by the resource adjustment instruction.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: after performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station, where the resource adjustment instruction is used to re-allocate or newly transmit the transmission in the scheduling resource pool.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to re-allocate the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool, perform D2D data transmission together on the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction; or
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the resource adjustment instruction is used to newly allocate the transmission resource in the resource pool, perform D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in use and the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated to different terminal devices are orthogonal to each other.
  • the resource adjustment instruction received by the transceiver unit 1501 is sent by the base station after determining that the data transmission of the device is collided;
  • the resource adjustment command received by the transceiver unit 1501 is sent by the base station when determining that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the device exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold within the resource adjustment decision duration after the data transmission of the device is first determined; or
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: after performing the D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, send a resource adjustment request to the base station, where the request carries the adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: the data to be transmitted The data amount and/or the supported service type; the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station according to the adjustment request parameter after receiving the resource adjustment request; or
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: after performing the D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, send a collision adjustment request to the base station when the data transmission of the device collides;
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: receive a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station after receiving the resource adjustment request.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: receive a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, where the collision measurement instruction is used to initiate the collision measurement;
  • the apparatus also includes a processing unit 1502 for:
  • the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction When the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is met, it is determined that the collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station; or the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction indication is determined, and according to The number of the second terminal devices and the expected feedback amount indicated by the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction, determining that the collision measurement needs to be reported to the base station Reporting that the second terminal device is a terminal device around the device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that the base station expects to feedback the collision on the transmission resource to be measured;
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the processing unit 1502 determines that the collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station, report the collision measurement report to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit 1501 includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: detecting a data transmission on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period. The number of collisions is greater than the set collision threshold; or
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit 1501 includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: the collision data packet detected on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the number of packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit 1501 further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold; the processing unit 1502 is specifically configured to: the power of the signal received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but when the received signal fails to be demodulated, it is determined that A collision of the data transmission is detected on the transmission resource to be measured; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold; the processing unit 1502 is specifically configured to: the power of the signal received on the partial transmission resource in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and is expected When data demodulation fails, it is determined that a data transmission collision is detected on the transmission resource to be measured, wherein the expected data is data received on an adjacent transmission resource of the part of the transmission resource, and the adjacent transmission resource is located to be measured. In the transmission resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: send at least one of the following information to the base station in a collision measurement report:
  • the identification information of the third terminal device; the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with the data transmission; or
  • the processing unit 1502 is further configured to: before the data transmission of the third terminal device does not collide, before the transceiver unit 1501 reports the collision measurement report to the base station, obtain the third packet from the header of the data sent by the third terminal device. Identification information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: receive a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, where the collision measurement instruction is used to initiate collision measurement on a transmission resource used by the device;
  • the device further includes a processing unit 1502, configured to: perform collision measurement on the transmission resource used by the device, and determine that the collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is met. ;
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: when the processing unit 1502 determines that the collision measurement report needs to be reported to the base station, report the collision measurement report to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction received by the transceiver unit 1501 includes: a collision measurement period, a self resource collision power threshold, and a threshold of the number of self resource collisions;
  • the collision reporting condition includes: in the collision measurement period, the number of occurrences of the collision is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources, and the collision situation refers to: the power of the signal received by the device on the used transmission resource is greater than the collision threshold of its own resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is specifically configured to: send at least one of the following information to the base station in a collision measurement report:
  • the collision situation information of the collision of the transmission resources used by the device is not limited to
  • the information about the collision transmission resource in the collision measurement report sent by the transceiver unit 1501 includes at least one of the following information:
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to:
  • the information about the idle transmission resource in the contention pool is reported to the base station.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is further configured to: before receiving the collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, send the collision measurement capability information to the base station, where the collision measurement capability information indicates that the device supports the collision measurement;
  • the collision measurement command is sent by the base station to the device after receiving the collision measurement capability information.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or a data data resource pool for the scheduling.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is operable to perform a transceiving operation of the terminal device 401
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to implement a processing operation of the terminal device 401.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 can be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing unit 1502 can be implemented by a processor.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource information notification apparatus according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 16, the device includes:
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to determine resource pool information.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to broadcast resource pool information; the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention pool; the transmission resource in the contention pool is used for device-to-device D2D data transmission; and the transmission resource in the contention pool may be
  • the terminal device is used alone or by multiple terminal devices at the same time; if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is specifically configured to: if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools,
  • processing unit 1601 is further configured to: allocate one or more resource pools to the first terminal device from the contention resource pool;
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: after the resource pool information is sent, send the resource pool allocation information to the first terminal device, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate one or more resource pools allocated by the processing unit 1601.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to: before the processing unit 1601 allocates one or more resource pools to the first terminal device, receive information about a service type supported by the first terminal device reported by the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to: determine, according to a service type supported by the first terminal device, a size and a period of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device, and select a resource pool according to the size and period of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device. Select one or more resource pools.
  • the processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to: if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools belonging to different priorities, select one or more resource pools from the contention resource pool according to the priority of the first terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to: after the one or more resource pools are allocated to the first terminal device, perform resource adjustment on the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment includes: reallocating or adding new content to the first terminal device. a resource pool in a resource pool;
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: after the processing unit 1601 performs resource adjustment, send a resource adjustment instruction to the first terminal device, and instruct the processing unit 1601 to re-allocate or add a resource pool in the contention pool of the new terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to: after the one or more resource pools are allocated to the first terminal device, perform resource adjustment on the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment includes: reallocating or newly scheduling the first terminal device. Transmission resources in the resource pool;
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: after the processing unit 1601 performs resource adjustment on the first terminal device, send a resource adjustment instruction to the first terminal device, where the instruction processing unit 1601 is configured as the first terminal. Reassign or add transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the device, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to: before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, receive a collision measurement report for indicating that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; the processing unit 1601 is further configured to: determine, according to the collision measurement report, the first The data transmission of the terminal device collides; the processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to: perform resource adjustment after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; or
  • the processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to: if it is determined that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the first terminal device exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold within the resource adjustment decision duration after the data transmission of the first terminal device is first determined, the resource is performed. Adjustment; or
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to: before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, receive a resource adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment request carries an adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: a data volume of the data to be transmitted and/or a supported
  • the service unit 1601 is specifically configured to: perform resource adjustment according to the adjustment request parameter; or
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to: before receiving the resource adjustment instruction, receive a collision adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the collision adjustment request indicates that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; the processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to: in the transceiver unit 1602 Make resource adjustments after receiving a collision adjustment request.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: send a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, where the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision detection on the transmission resource to be measured, where the data transmission resource to be measured is a transmission resource in a contention pool indicated by the transmission resource information to be measured in the collision measurement instruction, and the collision measurement instruction is further used for Instruct the first terminal device:
  • the collision measurement report is reported to the device.
  • the expected inverse is indicated according to the number of the second terminal devices and the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction.
  • the feed quantity is determined to report the collision measurement report to the device, where the second terminal device is the terminal device around the first terminal device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that the device expects to feedback the collision on the transmission resource to be measured;
  • the transmission resource to be measured is different from the transmission resource used by the first terminal device.
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit 1602 includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: detecting a data transmission on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period. The number of collisions is greater than the set collision threshold; or
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit 1602 includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: the collision data packet detected on the transmission resource to be measured during the collision measurement period The ratio of the number of packets received on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit 1602 further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but when the demodulation of the received signal fails, determining that the signal to be measured is to be measured A collision of data transmission detected on the transmission resource; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than a set in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and is expected When data demodulation fails, it is determined that a data transmission collision is detected on the transmission resource to be measured, wherein the expected data is data received on an adjacent transmission resource of the part of the transmission resource, and the adjacent transmission resource is located to be measured. In the transmission resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is configured to: after transmitting the collision measurement instruction, receive the collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identification information of the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with the data transmission;
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: send a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, and the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision measurement on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device, and instruct the first terminal device to report the collision measurement report to the device when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision report condition information in the collision measurement instruction is met. .
  • the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction sent by the transceiver unit 1602 includes: a self collision measurement period, a self resource collision power threshold, and a self resource collision threshold;
  • Collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the collision is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the resources.
  • the self-collision refers to the situation that the power of the signal received on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device is greater than the collision threshold of the resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to: after transmitting the collision measurement instruction, receive the collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the information about the collision transmission resource in the collision measurement report received by the transceiver unit 1602 includes at least one of the following information:
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit 1602 After the transceiver unit 1602 sends the collision measurement command, the information about the idle transmission resource in the contention pool that is reported by the first terminal device is received.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is specifically configured to: after receiving the collision measurement capability information, send a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or a data data resource pool for the scheduling.
  • transceiver unit 1602 can be used to perform the transceiving operation of the base station 402
  • processing unit 1601 can be used to implement the processing operations of the base station 402.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 can be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing unit 1601 can be implemented by a processor.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the resource pool information broadcasted by the base station, where the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention pool.
  • the transmission resources in the competition resource pool are used by one terminal device alone or by multiple terminal devices; if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods;
  • S1702 Perform device-to-device D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention resource pool indicated by the resource pool information.
  • the first terminal device receiving the resource pool information broadcast by the base station includes:
  • the first terminal device receives location information of the transmission resources in a part of the resource pools of the contention pools broadcasted by the base station, and relative location information of the resource pools other than the partial resource pools relative to the transmission resources in the part of the resource pools.
  • the method before performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information, the method further includes: receiving resource pool allocation information sent by the base station, where the resource pool allocation information is used to indicate that the base station is from the contention resource pool. Allocating one or more resource pools to the first terminal device; the first terminal device performs D2D data transmission on the transmission resource in the contention pool indicated by the resource pool information, including: the first terminal device indicates the resource pool allocation information D2D data transmission on some or all of the transmission resources in one or more resource pools; or
  • the method further includes: selecting one or more resource pools from the contention resource pool; and performing D2D data transmission on the transmission resources in the contention resource pool, including: Part or all of the transmission resources in one or more resource pools for D2D data transmission.
  • the method before performing the D2D data transmission on the part or all of the one or more resource resources indicated by the resource pool allocation information, the method further includes: reporting the supported service type to the base station; and indicating one of the resource pool allocation information a plurality of resource pools, wherein the base station determines, according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, the size and period of the transmission resources required by the first terminal device, and according to the size and period of the transmission resources required by the first terminal device. Selected from a pool of competing resources; or
  • Selecting one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources includes: determining a size and a period of the required transmission resources according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, and determining, according to the determined size and period of the required transmission resources, multiple Select one or more resource pools in the resource pool.
  • contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools that belong to different priorities
  • one or more resource pools are selected from the contention resource pool, including:
  • One or more resource pools are selected from a plurality of resource pools according to the priority of the first terminal device.
  • the method before selecting one or more resource pools from the multiple resource pools according to the priority of the first terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the priority information is used to indicate that the multiple resource pools included in the contention pool belong to the priority level
  • the level number of the priority to which each resource pool belongs or
  • the method before performing D2D data transmission on some or all of the transmission resources in the one or more resource pools, the method further includes:
  • the transmission resource with the highest time available for the data to be transmitted can be randomly selected or selected from one or more resource pools as part or all of the transmission resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the D2D data transmission is performed on the transmission resource in the resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction;
  • the D2D data transmission is performed together on the transmission resource being used and the transmission resource in the resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction.
  • the method further includes:
  • the D2D data transmission is performed together on the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool re-allocated by the resource adjustment instruction;
  • the D2D data transmission is performed on the transmission resource in use and the transmission resource in the scheduling resource pool newly added by the resource adjustment instruction;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and are set for different terminals.
  • the allocated transmission resources are mutually orthogonal.
  • the resource adjustment instruction is sent by the base station after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides.
  • the resource adjustment instruction is sent by the base station when determining that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the first terminal device exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold within the resource adjustment decision duration after the data transmission of the first terminal device is first determined; or
  • the method further includes: sending a resource adjustment request to the base station, where the request carries the adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: the data volume of the data to be transmitted and And the supported service type; the resource adjustment instruction sent by the receiving base station includes: a resource adjustment instruction sent by the receiving base station according to the adjustment request parameter after receiving the resource adjustment request; or
  • the method further includes: when the data transmission of the first terminal device collides, sending a collision adjustment request to the base station; and receiving the resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station.
  • the method includes: receiving a resource adjustment instruction sent by the base station after receiving the resource adjustment request.
  • it also includes:
  • the collision measurement report is reported to the base station.
  • the second terminal device is a terminal device around the first terminal device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that the base station expects to feedback the collision on the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: detecting, in the collision measurement period, that the number of collisions of the data transmission is greater than the set collision threshold on the transmission resource to be measured. ;or
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: in the collision measurement period, the number of detected collision data packets on the transmission resource to be measured occupies the transmission resource to be measured. The proportion of the total number of packets arriving is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold; the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but the transmission to be measured is determined when the received signal fails to be demodulated. A collision of data transmission detected on the resource; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold; the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and the expected data is demodulated In case of failure, it is determined that a data transmission collision is detected on the transmission resource to be measured, wherein the expected data is data received on a neighboring transmission resource of the part of the transmission resource, and the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured. in.
  • reporting the collision measurement report to the base station including:
  • the identification information of the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with the data transmission;
  • the method before reporting the collision measurement report to the base station, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device acquires the identification information of the third terminal device from the packet header of the data sent by the third terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, where the collision measurement instruction is used to initiate collision measurement on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device;
  • the collision measurement report is reported to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision detection period of its own, a collision threshold of its own resources, and a threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources;
  • Collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the collision is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the resources.
  • the collision situation refers to the situation that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the used transmission resource is greater than the collision threshold of the resource.
  • reporting the collision measurement report to the base station includes: placing at least one of the following information in the collision measurement report and sending the data to the base station:
  • the information of the transmission resource in which the collision occurs includes at least one of the following information:
  • the method further includes:
  • the information about the idle transmission resources in the contention pool is reported to the base station.
  • the method before receiving the collision measurement instruction sent by the base station, the method further includes:
  • the collision measurement command is sent by the base station to the first terminal device after receiving the collision measurement capability information. of.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or a data data resource pool for the scheduling.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a resource information notification method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
  • the base station determines resource pool information.
  • S1802 Broadcast resource pool information; the resource pool information is used to indicate the transmission resource in the contention resource pool, and the transmission resource in the contention resource pool is used for device-to-device D2D data transmission; the transmission resource in the contention resource pool may be used by a terminal device alone. Or by multiple terminal devices simultaneously; if the contention resource pool includes multiple resource pools, different resource pools have the same or different transmission resource periods.
  • the broadcast resource pool information includes:
  • the method further includes: allocating one or more resource pools to the first terminal device from the contention resource pool; and sending resource pool allocation information to the first terminal device, where the resource pool allocation information is used. Indicates one or more resource pools assigned by the processing unit.
  • the method further includes: receiving information about a service type supported by the first terminal device that is reported by the first terminal device;
  • Allocating one or more resource pools in the contention pool of the first terminal device includes: determining, according to the service type supported by the first terminal device, a size and a period of the transmission resource required by the first terminal device, and according to the first terminal device Select the size and period of the transmission resources, and select one or more resource pools from the pool of competing resources.
  • the first terminal device is allocated one or more resource pools in the contention resource pool, including:
  • One or more resource pools are selected from the pool of competing resources according to the priority of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • resource adjustment includes: reallocating or adding a resource pool in the contention pool to the first terminal device;
  • performing resource adjustment on the first terminal device includes: reallocating or newly adding the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool to the first terminal device;
  • the transmission resources in the scheduling resource pool are dynamically allocated by the base station, and the transmission resources allocated for different terminal devices are mutually orthogonal.
  • the method before the sending of the resource adjustment instruction, further includes: receiving a collision measurement report for indicating that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides, and determining, according to the collision measurement report, that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; Performing resource adjustment by a terminal device, including: performing resource adjustment after determining that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; or
  • Performing resource adjustment on the first terminal device including: determining that the number of collisions of the data transmission of the first terminal device exceeds the resource adjustment decision threshold within the length of the resource adjustment decision after the first data transmission of the first terminal device is determined to be the first time , then make resource adjustments; or
  • the method further includes: receiving a resource adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the resource adjustment request carries an adjustment request parameter, where the adjustment request parameter includes: a data volume of the data to be transmitted and/or a supported service type;
  • the first terminal device performs resource adjustment, including: performing resources according to the adjustment request parameter; or
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision adjustment request sent by the first terminal device, where the collision adjustment request indicates that the data transmission of the first terminal device collides; and performing resource adjustment on the first terminal device, including: receiving the collision Make resource adjustments after adjusting the request.
  • the method further includes: sending a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, where the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision detection on the transmission resource to be measured, where the data transmission resource to be measured is a transmission resource in a contention pool indicated by the transmission resource information to be measured in the collision measurement instruction, and the collision measurement instruction is further used for Instruct the first terminal device:
  • the collision measurement report is reported to the base station.
  • the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision reporting condition information in the collision measurement instruction is met, determining, according to the number of the second terminal device and the expected feedback amount indicated by the feedback amount information in the collision measurement instruction, the collision measurement report is reported to the base station, where
  • the second terminal device is a terminal device around the first terminal device, and the expected feedback amount is a feedback amount that the base station expects to feedback the collision on the transmission resource to be measured;
  • the transmission resource to be measured is different from the transmission resource used by the first terminal device.
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision number threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: detecting, in the collision measurement period, that the number of collisions of the data transmission is greater than the set collision threshold on the transmission resource to be measured. ;or
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision measurement period and a collision ratio threshold, and the collision reporting condition includes: in the collision measurement period, the number of detected collision data packets on the transmission resource to be measured occupies the transmission resource to be measured. The proportion of the total number of packets arriving is greater than the collision threshold.
  • the collision measurement instruction further includes: collision detection condition information;
  • the collision detection condition information includes: a collision power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on the transmission resource to be measured is greater than the collision power detection threshold, but when the demodulation of the received signal fails, determining that the signal to be measured is to be measured A collision of data transmission detected on the transmission resource; or
  • the collision detection condition information includes: an in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, indicating that the power of the signal received by the first terminal device on a part of the transmission resources in the transmission resource to be measured is greater than a set in-band radiation interference power detection threshold, and is expected When data demodulation fails, determine the transmission to be measured A collision of data transmission is detected on the resource, wherein the expected data is data received on a neighboring transmission resource of the part of the transmission resource, and the adjacent transmission resource is located in the transmission resource to be measured.
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identification information of the third terminal device is a terminal device that collides with the data transmission;
  • the method further includes: sending a collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, and the collision measurement instruction is used to:
  • the first terminal device is configured to perform collision measurement on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device, and instruct the first terminal device to report the collision measurement report to the base station when the collision reporting condition indicated by the collision report condition information in the collision measurement instruction is met. .
  • the collision reporting condition information includes: a collision detection period of its own, a collision threshold of its own resources, and a threshold of the number of collisions of its own resources;
  • Collision reporting conditions include:
  • the number of occurrences of the collision is greater than the threshold of the number of collisions of the resources.
  • the self-collision refers to the situation that the power of the signal received on the transmission resource used by the first terminal device is greater than the collision threshold of the resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving a collision measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the collision measurement report includes at least one of the following information:
  • the information of the transmission resource in which the collision occurs includes at least one of the following information:
  • the method further includes:
  • the method before sending the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device, the method further includes:
  • Sending the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device includes: sending the collision measurement instruction to the first terminal device after receiving the collision measurement capability information.
  • the contention resource pool allocates an SA resource pool or a data data resource pool for the scheduling.
  • the base station is a different terminal in the scheduling-based D2D communication method specified in the existing standard. Compared with the orthogonal transmission resources, the device can obtain more transmission resources per unit time.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the vehicle network, the requirements of the vehicle network communication can be met.
  • the base station may use a differential indication when sending the resource pool information to the terminal device.
  • the resource pool information specifically includes:
  • the location information of the transmission resources in some resource pools in the competition resource pool and
  • the resource pool information needs to be The number of information bits required can be significantly reduced, reducing signaling overhead.
  • the base station may determine the terminal device according to the service type of the terminal device and/or the priority of the terminal device.
  • the size and period of the required transmission resources are allocated one or more resource pools from the plurality of resource pools to support different service types and/or according to the determined size and period of the transmission resources required by the terminal device.
  • the priority of the terminal device can be allocated an appropriate resource pool to improve the efficiency of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • multiple resource pools of different sizes can be used at the same time, or multiple resource pools with different periods are used at the same time, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to support different types of services.
  • the terminal device may perform collision measurement on the collision condition of the transmission resource in the contention pool, and report the collision measurement report, and the base station may adjust the resource pool allocated to the terminal device according to the collision measurement report, thereby effectively avoiding collision and improving data. Transmission efficiency.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a bootable computer or other programmable data processing device.
  • a computer readable memory that operates in a particular manner, causing instructions stored in the computer readable memory to produce an article of manufacture comprising an instruction device implemented in one or more flows and/or block diagrams of the flowchart The function specified in the box or in multiple boxes.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

本发明涉及无线通信技术，尤其涉及数据传输装置、方法及系统，用以解决设备到设备D2D通信的数据传输方式无法满足车联网通信的要求的问题。在一种数据传输装置中，收发单元接收基站广播的资源池信息，在资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，则在整个系统的传输资源一定的情况下，与现有标准中规定的D2D通信方式相比，终端设备在单位时间内可获得的传输资源更多，可满足车辆网通信的要求。

Description

一种数据传输装置、方法及系统 技术领域
本发明涉及无线通信技术，尤其涉及一种数据传输装置、方法及系统。
背景技术
设备到设备(Device-to-Device，D2D)是一种端到端直接通信的技术。如图1所示，D2D技术与传统的蜂窝通信技术最大的不同在于，终端与终端之间的通信不再需要基站的中转直接就可以进行通信，基站可以进行资源的配置、调度、协调等，控制终端之间直接进行通信。
D2D通信可在长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中实现。LTE版本(Release，Rel)12中规定：D2D通信采用广播的形式进行数据传输，包含发现(discovery)和通信(communication)两个特性。其中Communication是两个终端之间数据的直接传输，采用图2所示的调度分配(Scheduling Assignment，SA)+数据(Data)的机制。其中，SA用来指示从发送端发出的数据的状态信息，包括数据的时频资源信息，调制编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme，MCS)信息，跳频指示，定时提前信息，接收组标识信息等，接收端能够根据SA的指示进行数据的接收；数据是发端在SA指示的时频资源位置，使用SA指示的格式发出的业务数据。
车联网通过车车通信或者车与路边单元之间的通信从而提高道路交通的安全性、可靠性，提升交通通行效率。由于车辆使用终端设备进行通信，因此车联网通信可视为D2D通信的一种。在车联网场景下，用户密度和小区容量均会显著提高。
以中国高密城区典型车辆密度为例：假设小区半径2.4km，共有6个车道，每条车道的发车时间间隔为2.0s、3.2s和5.1s，这样计算单小区同时存在188辆车，根据现有标准，典型车联网——协作感知消息(Copoerative Awareness Message，CAM)消息业务的特性为单个数据包大小300Bytes，以100ms为 周期发送，单小区需要支持4.5Mbps容量。
若按照现有的基于调度的D2D数据传输方式，采用QPSK，码率为1/2的信道编码，2次SA加4次Data重传，小区所有用户在正交资源上传输计算，需要大约120个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)才能支持小区中所有车辆的数据，即需要使用的传输带宽超过了20MHz。若车辆密度进一步加大，需要的传输带宽更大。实际上，车联网业务是无法申请到这样大的传输带宽的。在传输带宽受限的情况下，目前LTE标准中规定的基于调度的D2D通信的数据传输方式无法满足车联网通信的要求。
发明内容
有鉴于此，本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输装置、方法及系统，用以解决目前LTE标准中规定的基于调度D2D通信的数据传输方式无法满足车联网通信的要求的问题。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输装置，包括：收发单元，用于：
接收基站广播的资源池信息，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；以及
在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
结合第一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：
若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述装置还包括：处理单元，用于在所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池时,从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元选择的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述基站从所述竞争资源池中分配给所述装置的一个或多个资源池；
所述装置还包括：处理单元，用于根据所述资源分配信息确定所述基站分配的所述一个或多个资源池；
所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元确定的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，向所述基站上报所述装置支持的业务类型；所述收发单元接收的所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池，是所述基站根据所述收发单元上报的所述装置支持的业务类型，确定所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期、并根据所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择的；或者
所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述装置支持的业务类型，确定所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理单元具体用于：在所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池时，根据所述装置的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：
在所述处理单元根据所述装置的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池之前，接收所述基站发送的优先级信息，所述优先级信息用于指示：所述竞争资源池中包括的多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
所述优先级信息包括：
每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
结合第一方方面的第二种或第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于：在所述收发单元在所述一个或多个资源池中的所述部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，从所述一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的最早的传输资源，作为所述部分或全部传输资源。
结合第一方面，或第一方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第七种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
结合第一方面，或第一方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第八种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
所述收发单元还用于：当所述资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
其中，所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
结合第一方面的第七种或第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元接收的资源调整指令是所述基站在确定所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
所述收发单元接收的资源调整指令是所述基站在首次确定所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定所述装置的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，向所述基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述收发单元具体用于：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后根据所述调整请求参数发送的所述资源调整指令；或者
所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，在所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞时，向所述基站发送碰撞调整请求；
所述收发单元具体用于：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后发送 的所述资源调整指令。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
所述装置还包括处理单元，所述处理单元用于：
对所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述装置使用的传输资源不同；以及
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或确定满足所述碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件，且根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，所述第二终端设备为所述装置周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
结合第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
结合第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于所述带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
结合第一方面的第十种至第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：将下列信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；或者
所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或者
所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于：在所述收发单元向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，在所述第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从所述第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取所述第三终端设备的标识信息。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动对所述装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
所述装置还包括处理单元，所述处理单元用于：对所述装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
结合第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式，在第十六种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，所述自身碰撞情况指：所述装置在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
结合第一方面的第十五种或第十六种可能的实现方式，在第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：将下述信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
所述装置使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
所述装置使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与所述装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
所述装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第一方面的第十三种或第十七种可能的实现方式中，在第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量报告中的所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
结合第一方面的第十种至第十八种可能的实现方式中，在第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：
在接收所述基站发送的所述碰撞测量指令之后，向所述基站上报所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
结合第一方面的第十种至第十九种可能的实现方式中，在第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：
所述收发单元还用于：在接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，向所述基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述装置支持碰撞测量；
所述碰撞测量指令是所述基站在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述装置发送的。
结合第一方面，或第一方面的第一种至第二十种可能的实现方式中，在第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源信息通知装置，包括：处理单元和收发单元；
所述处理单元，用于确定资源池信息；
所述收发单元，用于广播所述资源池信息；所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
结合第二方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则
广播所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
广播所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了 所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理单元还用于：从所述竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；
所述收发单元还用于：在发送所述资源池信息之后，向所述第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述处理单元分配的所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之前，接收所述第一终端设备上报的所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理单元具体用于：若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第二方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理单元还用于：在为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元进行所述资源调整之后，向所述 第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示所述处理单元为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增的所述竞争资源池中的资源池。
结合第二方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理单元还用于：在为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元对所述第一终端设备进行所述资源调整之后，向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示所述处理单元为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述装置动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
结合第二方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收用于指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告；所述处理单元还用于：根据所述碰撞测量报告确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述处理单元具体用于：在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行所述资源调整；或者
所述处理单元具体用于：在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行所述资源调整；或者
所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收所述第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，所述资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述调整请求参数进行所述资源调整；或者
所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收所述第一 终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，所述碰撞调整请求指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述收发单元收到所述碰撞调整请求后进行所述资源调整。
结合第二方面，或第二方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于：
启动所述第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量数据传输资源是所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述碰撞测量指令还用于指示所述第一终端设备：
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反馈量确定向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告，其中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述装置期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，
所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
结合第二方面的第八种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第二方面，或第二方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令，用于：
启动所述第一终端设备对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示所述第一终端设备：在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告。
结合第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式 中，
所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
所述碰撞上报条件包括：
在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，所述自身碰撞情况指所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
结合第二方面的第十二种或第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：在发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，其中所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
所述与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第二方面的第十一种或第十四种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量报告中的所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
结合第二方面的第八种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：
在所述收发单元发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备上 报的所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
结合第二方面的第八种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于：
在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
所述收发单元具体用于：在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令。
结合第二方面，或第二方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法，包括：
第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；
在所述资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
结合第三方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则所述第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息包括：
所述第一终端设备接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
所述第一终端设备接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：接收所述基站发送的资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述基站从所述竞争资源池中分配给所述第一终端设备的一个或多个资源池；所述第一终端设备在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：所述第一终端设备在所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：在选择的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源进行D2D数据传输。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，
在所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：向所述基站上报支持的业务类型；所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池，是所述基站根据所述第一终端设备上报的所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择的；或者
所述从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，
若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则所述从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：
根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，在所述根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：
接收所述基站发送的所述竞争资源池的优先级信息，所述优先级信息用于指示：所述竞争资源池中包括的所述多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
所述优先级信息包括：
每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
结合第三方面的第二种或第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述一个或多个资源池中的所述部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：
从所述一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的时间最靠前的传输资源，作为所述部分或全部传输资源。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第七种可能的实现方式中，
所述在所述竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
在所述资源调整指令用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第八种可能的实现方式中，
在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
在所述资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上，进行D2D数据传输；
其中，所述调度资源池中的传输资源是由所述基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
结合第三方面的第七种或第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述资源调整指令是所述基站在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
所述资源调整指令是所述基站在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：向所述基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后，根据所述调整请求参数发送的所述资源调整指令；或者
所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：在所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞时，向所述基站发送碰撞调整请求；所述接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后发送的所述资源调整指令。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第九种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十种可能的实现方式中，还包括：
接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
对所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同；
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足所述碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量。
结合第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
结合第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限， 但对接收到的信号解调失败时确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于所述带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
结合第三方面的第十种至第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：
将下列信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中，发给所述基站：
第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，还包括：
第一终端设备在所述第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从所述第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取所述第三终端设备的标识信息。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第九种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，还包括：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
对使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
结合第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式，在第十六种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
所述碰撞上报条件包括：
在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，所述自身碰撞情况指：所述第一终端设备在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
结合第三方面的第十五种或第十六种可能的实现方式，在第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：将下述信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第三方面的第十三种或第十七种可能的实现方式中，在第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
结合第三方面的第十种至第十八种可能的实现方式中，在第十九种可能的实现方式中，在接收所述基站发送的所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
向所述基站上报所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
结合第三方面的第十种至第十九种可能的实现方式中，在第二十种可能的实现方式中，在接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
向所述基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
所述碰撞测量指令是所述基站在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送的。
结合第三方面，或第三方面的第一种至第二十种可能的实现方式中，在第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源信息通知方法，包括：
基站确定资源池信息；
广播所述资源池信息；所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
结合第四方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则所述广播所述资源池信息包括：
广播所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
广播所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，
在发送所述资源池信息之后，还包括：从所述竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；并向所述第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述处理单元分配的所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，在第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：接收所述 第一终端设备上报的第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
所述为第一终端设备分配所述竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则所述为第一终端设备分配所述竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：
根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
结合第四方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第五种可能的实现方式中，
在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，还包括：
对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增的所述竞争资源池中的资源池。
结合第四方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第六种可能的实现方式中，
在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述基站动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
结合第四方面的第五种或第六种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现 方式中，
在发送所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收用于指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告，并根据所述碰撞测量报告确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行所述资源调整；或者
所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行所述资源调整；或者
在发送资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，所述资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：根据所述调整请求参数进行所述资源；或者
在发送所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，所述碰撞调整请求指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在收到所述碰撞调整请求后进行所述资源调整。
结合第四方面，或第四方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第八种可能的实现方式中，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于：
启动所述第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量数据传输资源是所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述碰撞测量指令还用于指示所述第一终端设备：
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反馈量确定向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，其中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
结合第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
结合第四方面的第八种至第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十一 种可能的实现方式中，在所述向第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第四方面，或第四方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令，用于：
启动所述第一终端设备对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示所述第一终端设备：在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
结合第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，
所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
所述碰撞上报条件包括：
在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，所述自身碰撞情况指所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
结合第四方面的第十二种或第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，在所述向第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，其中所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
所述与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
结合第四方面的第十一种或第十四种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
结合第四方面的第八种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十六种可能的实现方式中，在所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
接收所述第一终端设备上报的所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
结合第四方面的第八种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十七种可能的实现方式中，在所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，包括：在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令。
结合第四方面，或第四方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任一种，在第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种无线通信系统，包括基站和终端设备，
所述基站，用于确定资源池信息，并广播所述资源池信息；其中，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；
所述终端设备，用于接收所述基站广播的所述资源池信息，并在所述资源池信息指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，则在整个系统的传输资源一定的情况下，与现有标准中规定的基于调度的D2D通信方式中，基站为不同终端设备动态调度正交的传输资源相比，终端设备在单位时间内可获得的传输资源更多，当本发明实施例应用于车联网时，可满足车辆网通信的要求。
可选地，若竞争资源池中包括多个资源池，则基站在向终端设备发送资源池信息时，可采用一种差分的方式指示。
比如：资源池信息具体包括：
竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及
除了上述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于上述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
与目前的所有资源池都独立指示传输资源的位置相比，资源池信息中需要的信息比特数可显著减少，降低了信令开销。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，多个资源池大小相同或不同，周期相同或不同，则基站可根据终端设备的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级等，确定终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，根据确定的终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从上述多个资源池中为终端设备分配一个或多个资源池，以支持不同的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级。能够为终端设备分配适合的资源池，提高终端设备数据传输的效率。
可选地，终端设备在同时传输不同类型的业务时，可同时使用多个大小不同的资源池，或同时使用多个周期不同的资源池，提高了终端设备支持不同类型业务的灵活性。
可选地，终端设备可对竞争资源池中的传输资源的碰撞情况进行碰撞测量，并上报碰撞测量报告，基站可根据碰撞测量报告调整为终端设备分配的资源池，可有效避免碰撞，提高数据传输效率。
附图说明
图1为D2D通信方式示意图；
图2为现有技术中，在LTE系统中实现D2D通信时，数据传输方式示意图；
图3为现有技术中，在LTE系统中实现D2D通信时，资源调度和数据传输方式的示意图；
图4为本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统的结构示意图；
图5为本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统中数据传输流程的示意图；
图6为本发明实施例中，D2D传输资源的一种划分方式的示意图；
图7A为本发明实施例中，D2D传输资源的另一种划分方式的示意图；
图7B为本发明实施例中，D2D传输资源的又一种划分方式的示意图；
图8为本发明实施例中，D2D传输资源的再一种划分方式的示意图；
图9为本发明实施例中，为终端分配或调整竞争资源池中的传输资源的示意图；
图10为碰撞干扰的示意图；
图11为带内辐射干扰的示意图；
图12为碰撞场景和链路功率不足场景的比较图；
图13为可检测数据传输发生碰撞的终端标识的场景示意图；
图14为无法检测数据传输发生碰撞的终端标识的场景示意图；
图15为本发明实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构示意图；
图16为本发明实施例提供的资源信息通知装置的结构示意图；
图17为本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程图；
图18为本发明实施例提供的资源信息通知方法的流程图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。
显然，所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例，而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都应属于本发明保护的范围。
本文中描述的技术可用于各种通信系统。
例如：当前第二代(2nd Generation，2G)，第三代(3rd Generation，3G)通信系统和下一代通信系统，例如全球移动通信系统(GSM，Global System for Mobile communications)，码分多址(CDMA，Code Division Multiple Access)系统，时分多址(TDMA，Time Division Multiple Access)系统，宽带码分多址(WCDMA，Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless)，频分多址(FDMA，Frequency Division Multiple Addressing)系统，正交频分多址(OFDMA，Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access)系统，单载波FDMA(SC-FDMA)系统，通用分组无线业务(GPRS，General Packet Radio Service)系统，长期演进(LTE，Long Term Evolution)系统，以及其他此类通信系统。
本文中结合终端设备和/或基站来描述各种方面。
终端设备，可以是无线终端，无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。
无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如，RAN，Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，无线终端可以是移动终端，如移动电话(或称为“蜂 窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。
例如，个人通信业务(PCS，Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL，Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA，Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station)，移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。
基站(例如，接入点)可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS，Base Transceiver Station)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，本申请并不限定。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输装置、方法及系统，用以解决目前LTE标准中规定的基于调度的D2D通信的数据传输方式无法满足车联网通信的要求的问题。
本发明实施例中，基站向终端设备发送资源池信息，该资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，其中，竞争资源池中的传输资源用于D2D数 据传输，竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；终端设备接收基站发送的上述资源池信息，在该资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，则在整个系统的传输资源一定的情况下，与现有标准中规定的基于调度的D2D通信方式中，基站为不同终端设备动态调度正交的传输资源相比，终端设备在单位时间内可获得的传输资源更多，当本发明实施例应用于车联网时，可满足车辆网通信的要求。
可选地，若竞争资源池中包括多个资源池，则基站在向终端设备发送资源池信息时，可采用一种差分的方式指示。
比如：资源池信息具体包括：
竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及
除了上述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于上述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
与目前的所有资源池都独立指示传输资源的位置相比，资源池信息中需要的信息比特数可显著减少，降低了信令开销。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，多个资源池大小相同或不同，周期相同或不同，则基站可根据终端设备的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级等，确定终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，根据确定的终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从上述多个资源池中为终端设备分配一个或多个资源池，以支持不同的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级。能够为终端设备分配适合的资源池，提高终端设备数据传输的效率。
可选地，终端设备在同时传输不同类型的业务时，可同时使用多个大小不同的资源池，或同时使用多个周期不同的资源池，提高了终端设备支持不同类型业务的灵活性。
可选地，终端设备可对竞争资源池中的传输资源的碰撞情况进行碰撞测量，并上报碰撞测量报告，基站可根据碰撞测量报告调整为终端设备分配的 资源池，可有效避免碰撞，提高数据传输效率。
如无特殊声明，本发明实施例中的描述的终端进行数据传输均指D2D数据传输。
如无特殊声明，本发明实施例中描述的资源池均指竞争资源池中的资源池，该资源池可由基站分配，或由终端自身选择。
此外，本发明实施例中提到的调度资源池，不同于竞争资源池。竞争资源池中的任何传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，而调度资源池中的传输资源由基站动态分配，且基站为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
下面，结合附图对本发明实施例进行详细说明。首先，介绍本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统；然后，介绍本发明实施例提供的终端设备、基站，以及数据传输方法。为了描述清晰，下面将本发明各实施例列表如下：
表1、本发明实施例列表
Figure PCTCN2015086879-appb-000001
下面，分别对本发明各实施例详细说明。
【实施例一】
实施例一提供了一种无线通信系统，该无线通信系统中包括终端设备401以及基站402，以及其他终端设备，这些其他终端设备中的部分终端设备可与终端设备401进行D2D通信。
其中，基站402，用于向终端设备401发送资源池信息，该资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；其中，竞争资源池中的传输资源可由该无线通信系统中的一个终端设备或多个终端设备同时使用；
终端设备401，用于接收基站402发送的资源池信息，在该资源池信息指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
目前LTE标准中规定的D2D通信面向的主要业务是公共安全，通常承载数据量较小的基于IP的语音传输(Voice over Internet Protocol，VOIP)数据或者文件传输协议(File Transfer Protocol，FTP)文件，且系统中的终端数量不大。例如，典型的公共安全场景为：6-8个组，每个组12-18个用户，覆盖需要达到1.5英里。考虑到数据量较小，但需要保证覆盖，因此目前LTE系统中实现的D2D通信采用了如图3所示的2次SA重复发送和4次Data重复发送的机制，同时基站为每次发送都动态调度正交的传输资源，避免碰撞。虽然传输资源有一定的浪费，但保证通信覆盖范围。
如前所述，车联网通信，作为D2D通信的一种，在中国高密城区的典型应用场景下，若按照现有的D2D数据传输方式，采用QPSK，码率为1/2的信道编码，2次SA加4次Data重传，小区所有用户在正交资源上传输计算，需要大约120个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)才能支持小区中所有车辆的数据，即需要使用的传输带宽超过了20MHz。若车辆密度进一步加大，需要的传输带宽更大。实际上，车联网业务是无法申请到这样大的传输带宽的。在传输带宽受限的情况下，目前LTE标准中规定的D2D通信的数据传输方式无法满足车联网通信的要求。
本发明实施例中，由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，用来进行D2D数据传输，因此在该无线通信系统用于实现车辆网通信时，在整个系统的传输资源一定的情况下，与目前的LTE标准中规定的D2D 通信方式中，基站为不同终端设备动态调度正交的传输资源相比，终端设备在单位时间内可获得的传输资源更多，可满足车联网通信的要求。
并且，由于车联网的车车通信范围通常小于小区的覆盖范围，在小区中空间上存在一定间隔的终端设备能够在相同的传输资源上进行竞争发送而不会产生冲突，实现了传输资源的空分复用，提高了数据传输效率。
下面，结合图5所示的通信流程，说明实施例一提供的可选的数据传输方案以及碰撞检测方案。如图5所示，该通信流程包括如下步骤：
S501：基站402向终端设备401发送资源池信息，基站402可通过广播或单播的方法向终端设备401发送该资源池信息，该资源池信息用于指示无线通信系统中的竞争资源池中的传输资源；
其中，竞争资源池的具体配置方案可参考后面的实施例二。
S502：终端设备401根据接收的资源池信息，确定竞争资源池；
S503：终端设备401向基站402上报自身能力；
比如：是否支持使用竞争资源池中的传输资源进行数据传输、支持的业务类型、需要的传输资源的大小和周期等；
步骤S503可在步骤S501之前或之后执行，这里不做限定。
可选地，终端设备401可通过步骤S504或步骤S504’确定自身进行数据传输使用的竞争资源池中的资源池，并使用确定的资源池中的传输资源进行D2D数据传输；
其中，步骤S504中，终端设备401在基站402配置的竞争资源池中的资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，步骤S504包括下列两个子步骤：
S5041：基站402为终端设备401分配竞争资源池中的资源池；
S5042：终端设备401在配置的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
其中，步骤S504’中，终端设备401从竞争资源池中选择资源池，在选择的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
终端设备401选择资源池和基站402分配资源池的可选方案可参见后面 的实施例三。
S505：基站402向终端设备401发送资源调整指令；
基站402可在终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞之后，或者应终端设备401发送的资源调整请求发送资源调整指令，调整终端设备401进行D2D数据传输使用的资源池。
基站402调整传输资源的可选方案可参见后面的实施例三。
S506：终端设备401在调整后的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
步骤S505和步骤S506为可选步骤，在终端设备401进行D2D数据传输过程中，也可能不需要调整资源池。
S507：基站402向终端设备401发送测量碰撞指令，指示终端设备401进行碰撞测量；
测量可针对终端设备401使用的传输资源。或者测量也可针对竞争资源池中的其他传输资源，此时基站402可在测量碰撞指令中指示该待测量的传输资源。
此外，基站402还可在测量碰撞指令中指示碰撞上报条件等信息。
S508：终端设备401进行碰撞测量；
S509：终端设备401在满足碰撞上报条件时，向基站402上报碰撞测量报告，或者终端设备401在满足碰撞上报条件时，根据周围终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中指示的基站402期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量，确定向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
S510：基站402根据终端设备401上报的碰撞测量报告，调整发生传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的传输资源。
上述流程中，步骤S505、步骤S506为资源调整过程，与步骤S507～步骤S510规定的碰撞过程是独立的，在实际通信过程中，执行没有先后顺序，可存在其中任何一个过程，或存在两个过程。
这里，为了简单示意，图中没有涉及其他终端设备，实际上，基站402 也可控制其他终端设备进行碰撞测量，并根据其他终端设备上报的碰撞测量报告调整终端设备401的资源池。
实施例一提供的无线通信系统中，并不要求所有的终端设备均支持碰撞测量，因此，终端设备401可在步骤S503中，或者通过其他方式上报自身是否支持碰撞测量，基站402向支持碰撞测量的终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，指示终端设备进行碰撞测量。
其中步骤S507～步骤S510有关碰撞测量的可选方案可参考后面的实施例四。
图5所示的通信流程中，基站402向终端设备401发送竞争资源池的资源池信息，终端设备401能够在基站402分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，或终端设备401自身选择竞争资源池中一个或多个资源池,在选择的一个或多个资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，因此提高了数据传输效率。
图5所示的流程中，基站402可调整传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备401使用的传输资源，避免发生碰撞，可进一步提高D2D数据传输的传输效率。
图5所示的流程中，可选地，终端设备401可对竞争资源池进行碰撞测量，并上报碰撞测量报告，基站402可根据碰撞测量报告调整传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备使用的资源池。可有效避免碰撞，提高数据传输效率。
【实施例二】
实施例二提供了一种基站402配置竞争资源池中的资源池的可选方案。
可选地，如图6所示，整个无线通信系统中的D2D传输资源可分为调度资源池和竞争资源池。其中，竞争资源池中的任何传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，而调度资源池中的传输资源由基站动态分配，且基站为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
可选地，整个无线通信系统中的D2D传输资源也可仅为竞争资源池，不存在调度资源池。
可选地，竞争资源池可包括一个资源池，也可包括多个资源池。
可选地，竞争资源池包括的资源池中的传输资源是周期性出现的，各资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
竞争资源池所包括的各个资源池可属于不同的资源池组，不同的资源池组的周期不同。比如：第一个资源池组的周期为100ms，第二个资源池组的周期为200ms。同理，不同的资源池组的频点、频域位置、时域位置中的任何一个或多个也可不同。
由于车联网中业务的数据通常是周期性产生的，数据近似按照周期到达，且每个周期之间的数据量变化不大，因此，竞争资源池包括的资源池中的传输资源周期性出现，可适应车辆网业务数据的特点，更适应车联网的业务特性。
并且，可考虑不同终端设备支持的业务类型不同，需要的传输资源的大小和周期可能不同，因此，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则该多个资源池之间可具有不同的传输资源周期，可适应不同业务类型的要求。
可选地，竞争资源池包括的各资源池的大小可相同或不同，也可适应不同业务类型的数据传输要求。
一种可选实现方式是，基站402可以按照固定的发送周期为终端设备401分配竞争资源池包括的资源池，终端设备在这些资源池中的传输资源进行数据传输。而另一种可选实现方式是，基站402可根据终端设备401支持的业务类型确定终端设备401需要的传输资源的大小和周期，根据确定的终端设备401需要的传输资源的大小和周期，或者直接根据终端设备401要求的传输资源的大小和周期，为终端设备401分配竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，可以实现传输资源的按需分配，提高竞争资源池中的传输资源的利用率。
可选地，可如图6所示，竞争资源池包括的各资源池之间是相互正交的，这可以降低资源池之间的干扰。可选地，竞争资源池包括的各资源池之间也可以存在部分重叠，或一个资源池包含另一个资源池，可实现资源的灵活分配。
可选地，上述竞争资源池包括的各资源池可为SA资源池或数据(Data) 资源池。SA资源池中传输SA，用于指示SA对应的终端设备在数据资源池中使用的传输资源；若SA资源池按照周期出现，则该周期称为SA周期。SA资源池和数据资源池又分别可分别为竞争资源池中的资源池和调度资源池。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则该多个资源池可属于X个不同的优先级，优先级越高，资源池中的传输资源发生碰撞的概率越小，其中，X为正整数。
可选地，基站402可通过广播消息通知终端设备401竞争资源池的资源池信息。
该资源池信息中可包含竞争资源池的基本信息，比如：竞争资源池包括的各资源池的中心频点、带宽，或者也可以是起始频率位置和结束频率位置、时域位置，资源池周期、资源池的优先级信息等。
参照图6，以LTE系统为例，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则基站402可在资源池信息中分别包括图6中的该多个资源池中每个资源池的频域位置信息和时域位置信息，比如：对于该多个资源池中的每一个资源池，资源池信息包括资源池的起始资源块(Resource Block，RB)编号、资源池中包括的RB的个数，资源池的起始子帧编号，资源池包括的子帧的个数。
可见，此种资源池信息的指示方式，需要为每个资源池分别指示详细的位置信息，需要的信息比特数较多。
针对上述资源池信息的指示方式需要信息比特数较多的问题，基站402在发送资源池信息时，可包括如下信息：
竞争资源池包括的部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；以及
除了这些部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于这些部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
比如：以图7A所示的竞争资源池为例，多个资源池的大小相同，占用的频域位置相同，时域位置不同。
仍以LTE系统为例，此时，可仅指示时域或频域上起始位置的资源池的起始RB编号、资源池中包括的RB个数、该资源池的起始子帧编号和该资源 池中包括的子帧的个数；对于其他资源池，可仅指示该其他资源池的起始子帧编号与时域或频域上起始位置的资源池的起始子帧编号的差值，即指示了该其他资源池相对于时域或频域上起始位置的资源池的相对位置。这样无需指示每一个资源池的详细位置信息，节省了信息比特数。
在竞争资源池包括的多个资源池的大小、周期互不相同时，仍然可以对资源池大小、周期相同的一组资源池使用差分的方式进行标示。
如图7B所示,资源池根据大小、周期的不同，可以分为资源池1和2，3和4，5和6三组，则资源池的标识应该包括每个组中的第一个资源池的起始RB编号、RB个数、起始子帧编号，包括的子帧的个数和资源池的周期，以及该组中的其他资源池与第一个资源池的起始子帧编号与时域或频域上起始位置的资源池的起始子帧编号的差值。
再比如：以图8所示的竞争资源池为例，竞争资源池包括的多个资源池的大小相同，占用的时域位置相同，频域位置不同。
仍以LTE系统为例，此时，可仅指示频域上起始位置处的资源池的起始RB编号、资源池中包括的RB个数、该资源池的起始子帧编号和该资源池中包括的子帧的个数；对于其他资源池，可仅指示该其他资源池的起始RB编号与排在最前面的资源池的起始RB编号的差值，即指示了该其他资源池相对于最前面的资源池的相对位置。这样无需指示每一个资源池的详细位置信息，节省了信息比特数。
可选地，也可对资源池进行编号，上述多个资源池可属于同一个资源池的区域，或分别属于不同的资源池的区域。在一个小区内，上述多个资源池应分别具有一个唯一的资源池标识，该资源池标识可包括：该资源池所属的资源池的区域的标识，以及该资源池在该区域中的编号。或者，所有资源池的区域中的所有资源池统一编号，则任何一个资源池在小区内都会有唯一的资源池编号。
可选地，资源池信息中可包括资源池的编号规则，以表明后续在资源池所在的一个区域内划分了多个资源池时，每一个资源池的编号。资源池的编 号可以为一个取值范围，比如：资源池的一个区域中包括编号为1～10的10个竞争资源池。或者，也可分别指示竞争资源池的一个区域中包括的各个资源池，比如：资源池的一个区域中包括编号为1、3、5、7、9的资源池。
可选地，若多个资源池分属于不同的资源池的区域，则资源池信息中需要包括每一个资源池的区域中的多个资源池的位置信息。如前所述，该位置信息中可包括每一个资源池的详细位置信息，也可采用指示部分资源池的位置信息，并指示其他资源池相对于该部分资源池的位置的相对位置信息的方式，来指示每一个资源池的位置。
【实施例三】
实施例三提供了一种可选的竞争资源池中的资源池的分配和调整方案。
下面，从终端设备能力上报、资源池选择与分配、资源池调整三方面加以说明。
一、终端设备能力上报
如图5所示，终端设备401可在步骤S503中进行能力上报。在步骤可在终端设备401初始接入时上报，或者在与基站402建立连接后上报，以LTE系统为例，在终端设备401与基站402建立了无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)连接之后上报。
可选地，终端设备401可在公共安全用户信息(ProSeUEInfomation)消息中携带自身的能力信息。
该能力信息中可包括竞争资源池传输能力信息，指示终端设备401支持在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。该竞争资源池传输能力信息可使用1bit信息指示。
该能力信息中还可包括碰撞测量能力信息，指示终端设备401支持碰撞测量，基站402可根据该碰撞测量能力信息确定终端设备401支持碰撞测量后，向终端设备401发送碰撞测量指令，配置终端设备401进行碰撞测量。该碰撞测量能力信息可使用1bit信息指示。
可选地，竞争资源池传输能力信息和碰撞测量能力信息可共用1bit同一信息指示，若该1bit信息为“1”，表示终端设备401既支持使用竞争资源池中的传输资源进行D2D数据传输，又支持碰撞测量；若该1bit信息为“0”，表示终端设备401既不支持使用竞争资源池中的传输资源进行D2D数据传输，又不支持碰撞测量。
该能力信息中还可包括终端设备401所属的优先级的信息，终端设备401的优先级越高，终端设备401能够使用的传输资源所属的竞争资源池中的资源池的优先级越高，如前所述，资源池的优先级越高，其中的传输资源发生碰撞的概率越小，因此，终端设备401的优先级越高，通过选择优先级高的资源池中的传输资源，可尽量避免发生碰撞。
终端设备401在能力上报时，可通过1～4bit信息指示自身所属的优先级。终端设备401的优先级可与资源池的优先级的划分规则一致，也可不一致。
该能力信息中还可包括终端设备401支持的业务类型，基站402可根据终端设备401支持的业务类型，确定终端设备401需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据终端设备401需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从竞争资源池中选择资源池。
在车联网中，对于不同的业务类型，数据的发送周期，数据包的大小差别较大。比如：急救车发送的避让信息，发送频率可以比较低，而车辆紧急刹车触发的防碰撞消息的发送频率很高，该两种信息需要的传输资源的周期不同。并且，对于不同的应用场景，传输资源也不相同。因此终端设备401(比如：车辆)可向基站402上报支持的业务类型，基站402根据终端设备401支持的业务类型分配竞争资源池中的资源池。
二、资源池选择与分配
如前所述，终端设备401可在自身选择的资源池中的传输资源上或在基站402分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，终端设备401可选择竞争资源池中的一个资源池，或选择竞争资源池中的两个及以上的资源池。
再比如：在竞争资源池包括的各资源池具有不同的周期和/或大小时，终端设备401根据自身支持的业务类型，确定需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从多个竞争资源池中选择资源池。这样，可实现终端设备401能够使用的传输资源与终端设备401支持的业务类型的充分适配。
再比如：终端设备401根据自身的优先级从多个竞争资源池中选择资源池，其中，终端设备401的优先级越高，能够使用的传输资源所属的资源池的优先级越高，如前所述，资源池的优先级越高，其中的传输资源发生碰撞的概率越小，这样优先级高的终端设备401可通过选择优先级高的资源池，尽量避免发生碰撞。其中，可选地，基站402可根据资源池的使用情况，以及终端设备401上报的各个资源池的碰撞测量报告，不断发送资源池的优先级信息(比如：以诸如5ms的较小的广播周期发送优先级信息)，并可通过广播或者单播的方式通知小区内的所有终端设备。该优先级信息可具体包括：
每一个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
每一个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
每一个资源池的碰撞概率信息，该碰撞概率信息可间接指示资源池的优先级，比如：碰撞概率越高，资源池的优先级越低。
若终端设备401的优先级高于设置的优先级门限(该门限可以是标准中规定的，或基站402配置的)，终端设备401可以自行决定使用更高优先级的资源池进行D2D数据传输。终端设备401也可将选定的资源池的编号上报给基站402，请求基站402授权。可选地，基站402可根据终端设备401的优先级，判断是否授权终端设备401使用终端设备401请求的资源池中的传输资源。或者，也可不上报基站402，直接在选定的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
再比如：在竞争资源池包括的各资源池具有不同的周期和/或大小时，基站402根据终端设备401上报的终端设备401支持的业务类型，确定终端设备401需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据终端设备401需要的传输资源 的大小和周期，从多个竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。这样，可实现终端设备401能够使用的传输资源与终端设备401支持的业务类型的充分适配。
再比如：基站402根据终端设备上报的终端设备401的优先级，为终端设备401分配竞争资源池中的资源池，其中，终端设备401的优先级越高，能够使用的资源池的优先级越高，如前所述，资源池的优先级越高，其中的传输资源发生碰撞的概率越小，这样优先级高的终端设备401可通过选择优先级高的资源池的传输资源，尽量避免发生碰撞。其中，可选地，基站402可根据资源池的使用情况，实时更新资源池的优先级，并可通过广播方式通知小区内的所有终端设备。
基站402可通过专用信令，比如RRC信令配置终端设备401使用的资源池，比如基站402向终端设备401发送资源池分配信息，该资源池分配信息用于指示基站402从竞争资源池中分配给终端设备401的一个或多个资源池。
上述资源池分配信息可包括下列信息中的至少一项：
1、资源池所属区域的编号
2、资源池的编号
3、资源池的时频位置信息
这些信息的说明可参照实施例二中的资源池信息中的描述。
无论是基站402为终端设备401分配竞争资源池中的资源池，还是终端设备401自身选择竞争资源池中的资源池，可选地，终端设备401均可以从上述被分配的资源池或选择的资源池中，随机选择传输资源或选择待发送数据能够使用的最早的传输资源。
三、传输资源调整
如前所述，基站402可通过发送资源调整指令，该资源调整指令可用于为终端设备401重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池或新增竞争资源池中的资源池；
该资源调整指令也可用于为终端设备401重新分配或新增调度资源池中 的传输资源。
若为终端设备401重新分配或新增的资源池中的传输资源不足，则终端设备401在使用分配的传输资源的前提下，可发起调度请求，比如：缓存状态报告(Buffer Status Report，BSR)，为剩余未传输的数据申请传输资源。基站402基于终端设备401调度请求，调度终端设备401使用调度资源池中的传输资源。
其中，基站402可在确定到终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞后向终端设备401发送上述资源调整指令，或者基站402可在确定终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞且在首次检测到终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内检测到终端设备401的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过设置的资源调整判决门限时，向终端设备401发送上述资源调整指令。
这样，基站402可为终端设备401重新分配碰撞概率较小的资源池，提高终端设备401的数据传输效率。其中，基站402可在收到用于指示终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告后，确定终端设备401的数据传输发生碰撞，终端设备401上报测量报告的方法可参照后面的实施例四。
或者，终端设备401可在检测到自身的数据传输发生碰撞从竞争资源池中重新选择资源池，或者在检测到自身的数据传输发生碰撞且在首次检测到自身的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内检测到自身的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过设置的资源调整判决门限时，从竞争资源池中重新选择资源池，通过选择碰撞概率较小的资源池，比如优先级较高的资源池或终端设备401检测到的空闲资源池，可提高自身的数据传输效率。
或者，终端设备401也可根据自身的待传输数据的数据量和/或终端设备401支持的业务类型，从竞争资源池中重新选择资源池或新增资源池。
再或者，终端设备401也可向基站402发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或终端设备401支持的业务类型；基站402可在收到该资源调整请求后，根据上述调整请求参数调整终端设备401使用的资源池。或者，可选地，资源调整请求可以是 BSR。
终端设备401通过发送上述资源调整请求，或自身调整资源，可实现传输资源的灵活配置，在终端设备401支持的业务类型的数据发送周期变化时和/或在数据包的包长发生变化时，可灵活调整使用的传输资源，提高了方案的扩展性。
比如：终端设备401在待发送的数据包需要占用的传输资源大于基站402分配的一个周期内的资源池中的传输资源时，向基站402上报待发送数据的数据量，指示在当前分配的资源池之外，还需要其他资源池。
基站402收到资源调整请求后，处理方式可包括但不限于如下三种：
方式一、
基站402为终端设备401分配调度资源池中的传输资源进行D2D数据传输，向终端设备401发送专用调度资源指示；
方式二、
基站402为终端设备401再分配竞争资源池中的其他资源池，可选地，可通过1bit信息指示原资源池仍然使用。
方式三、
基站402为终端设备401重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池，并将原先分配的资源池回收，可选地，可通过1bit信息指示原资源池被回收。
在上述三种方式下，终端设备401可将待发送的数据包进行拆包，并在原资源池(若未被回收)和重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上分别传输拆分的数据包。
方式四、
基站402不分配新的竞争资源池中的资源池，也不分配调度资源池中的传输资源，终端设备401将待发送的数据包丢弃，或使用下一个周期的传输资源进行数据传输。
若终端设备401发现在1个或者多个周期内，分配的竞争资源池中的资源池没有充分使用，则终端设备401可向基站402发送资源使用状态信息， 通知终端设备401当前使用竞争资源池中的资源池的状态，可包括终端设备401感知到的待传输的数据包的大小，发送周期等。基站402可根据终端设备401发送的消息，确定收回为终端设备401分配的竞争资源池中的部分资源池，或者为终端设备401重新分配合适的资源池。
若基站402为终端设备分配或调整竞争资源池中的资源池，则基站402可使用专用信令，比如RRC信令，向终端设备401发送分配的资源池的配置信息。
下面，区分数据资源池和SA资源池加以说明。
一、数据资源池
对于数据资源池，该配置信息可包括：资源池的编号、资源池的频域位置，比如：频域起始位置和频域结束位置、资源池的时域位置、资源池的周期。
其中，频域起始位置和频域结束位置可以是绝对值，也可以是相对于选择的资源池的频域位置的偏移，比如：频域起始位置的偏移，或者，也可以为设置的频域资源的编号。
时域位置可以为相对于系统帧号的偏移，也可以是相对于竞争资源池的时域位置的偏移，比如相对于竞争资源池的时域起始位置的偏移，或者，也可以是设置的时域资源的编号。
资源池的周期可以与SA周期相同或不同，可以是SA周期的整数倍。在配置信息中，可以指示资源池的周期的绝对值，也可以指示资源池相对于SA周期的倍数。可选地，SA中可携带用于指示数据资源位置的指示信息，指示在SA出现后的多少个SA周期后，存在终端设备401的数据资源。
二、SA资源池
对于SA资源池，该配置信息可包括：资源池的频域位置、资源池的时域位置和跳频指示等信息。
基站402为终端设备401分配和调整调度资源池中的传输资源的方案与上 述分配竞争资源池中的资源池的方案类似，或者也可参考目前LTE标准中规定的D2D通信中的调度资源池的分配方案。
无论是SA资源池或数据资源池，为终端设备401分配或调整的竞争资源池中的资源池可如图9所示。
【实施例四】
实施例四提供了一种可选的碰撞检测的方案。
在竞争资源池包括的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输时，会产生两种不同类型的干扰：
一、碰撞干扰
在车联网中，终端设备401之间的距离是随着车辆运行不断变化的，有可能出现多个终端设备距离较近，且同时使用相同的传输资源的情况，或存在使用的传输资源有重叠的情况，此时，终端设备之间的D2D数据传输会相互干扰，称之为“碰撞干扰”，可如图10所示。
二、带内辐射干扰
如图11所示，第一终端设备距离进行碰撞检测的终端设备较近，第二终端设备距离进行碰撞检测的终端设备较远。一种可能的情况是，第一终端设备发射的信号中泄露到邻频的信号，对在邻频同时传输的第二终端设备的信号产生带内辐射干扰(in-band emission)。导致进行碰撞检测的终端设备无法正确接收第二终端设备的数据。
一种可能的情况是，车联网中，数据通常按照周期到达，当两辆车使用相同的传输资源，或使用的传输资源有重叠时，并且数据到达与分配的传输资源的周期相同时，则会周期性地产生碰撞干扰或者带内辐射干扰。
诸如上述两种干扰的各种干扰可造成数据传输失败，当由于干扰发生数据传输失败时，可认为数据传输发生碰撞。
由于车联网中，终端设备采用广播的方式发送数据，发送数据的终端设 备无法确定自身发送的数据是否被接收端正确接收，因此实施例四中，可利用其他终端设备进行碰撞检测。
其中，通过该其他终端设备识别某些竞争资源池中的传输资源受到干扰，或者某些终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞，该其他终端设备将数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息上报基站，或将受到干扰的传输资源信息上报基站，再或者将传输资源受到干扰的竞争资源池的信息上报基站。
实施例四中，基站402可根据终端设备401上报的碰撞测量报告，报告中可包括发生的碰撞的相关信息，基站402根据这些信息可将数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备调离出现碰撞的资源池，达到干扰解决的目的。
实施例四中，基站402可为终端设备401配置碰撞测量，比如：向终端设备401发送碰撞测量指令，启动终端设备401进行碰撞测量。
比如：在完成资源池配置后，基站可以根据当前配置的碰撞测量终端设备的数量，目标终端设备的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，RSRP)、目标终端设备上报的信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator，CQI)所指示的信道质量、定时提前量(Timing Advance，TA)提前量、目标终端设备上报的位置信息、切换前的服务小区等信息，决定是否使用该目标终端设备作为碰撞测量终端设备，进一步地，可决定配置该目标终端设备对竞争资源池中的哪些资源池，或竞争资源池中具体的一个或多个资源池中的具体哪些传输资源进行碰撞测量。
该碰撞测量指令可指示终端设备401对指示的上述多个竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞测量，也可指示终端设备401对使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量。下面区分这两种情况分别加以说明。
一、终端设备401对指示的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞测量
此时，碰撞测量指令中可指示如下信息：
1、待测量的传输资源信息
比如：待测量的传输资源的频域位置、时域位置；或待测量的传输资源所属的资源池的编号，比如：这些资源池的编号的映射表bitmap，每个资源 池对应1bit的指示信息，指示信息为“0”表明无需对该资源池进行碰撞测量，指示信息为“1”表示需要对该资源池进行碰撞测量。或者，bitmap中的每一个比特指示一个RB，指示信息为“0”表明无需对该RB进行碰撞测量，指示信息为“1”表示需要对该RB进行碰撞测量。
该待测量的传输资源的信息可有多种实现方式，只要能够指示待测量的传输资源即可。
终端设备401在收到碰撞测量指令后，对指示的该待测量的传输资源上接收的每个数据包尝试解调，判断是否满足碰撞上报条件。
2、碰撞上报条件信息
终端设备401在满足碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向基站402上报碰撞测量报告；或者，终端设备401在满足碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据周围终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中包括的反馈量信息所指示的基站402期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量，判断是否向基站402上报碰撞测量报告，其中周围终端设备的数量越多，终端设备401向所述基站402上报碰撞的几率越小；或者，终端设备401可在满足该碰撞上报条件时，根据基站402指示的碰撞测量报告上报概率，判断是否向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
该碰撞上报条件可包括：第一碰撞上报条件或第二碰撞上报条件。
其中，第一碰撞上报条件包括：
终端设备401在设置的碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限。可选地，可以不设置碰撞测量周期，则该第一碰撞上报条件包括：在终端设备401收到碰撞测量指令后，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限。
对于第一碰撞上报条件，碰撞上报条件信息中可具体包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限。
第二碰撞上报条件包括：
终端设备401在设置的碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于设置的碰撞比例门限。可选地，可以不设置碰撞测量周期，则该第二碰撞上报条件包括：在终端设备401收到碰撞测量指令后，在待测量的传输资源上检测到发生碰撞的数据包的个数占接收到的数据包总数的比例。
对于第二碰撞上报条件，碰撞上报条件信息中可具体包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限。
下面，分别就上述两种碰撞条件加以说明。
上述两种碰撞条件涉及到的碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期、碰撞次数门限。
设置碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，是为了避免统计由于信道衰落造成的突发丢包，即数据接收失败。设置一个碰撞次数门限和碰撞测量周期，可有效避免将单次随机干扰造成的数据接收失败被错误地检测为碰撞造成的数据接收失败。
其中碰撞测量周期可以是enum变量，代表统计碰撞的周期，比如{100ms,200ms,300ms}等，也可以是一个设置的默认值；碰撞次数门限也可以是enum变量，代表在统计碰撞的周期内统计到的碰撞次数的上限，比如{1,2,3,4,5}，也可以是一个设置的默认值，或者，也可以不设置。
3、碰撞检测条件信息
碰撞检测条件信息可包括：碰撞功率检测门限，终端设备401在待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于碰撞功率检测门限但对接收到的信号解调失败时，终端设备401确定检测到数据传输发生碰撞，此种情况针对图10所示的碰撞干扰的情形。
设置碰撞功率检测门限的目的是为了区分碰撞和链路功率不足造成的数据接收失败。如图12所示，由于链路功率不足也可能造成数据接收失败，因此可通过设置适当的碰撞功率检测门限，排除链路功率不足的场景。认为在接收功率超过该碰撞功率检测门限的数据接收失败才是碰撞造成的。该碰撞 功率检测门限可以是一个枚举型(enum)变量，比如{-80dBm，-85dBm，-90dBm}等，也可以是一个设置的默认值。
碰撞检测条件信息可包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，终端设备401在待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据解调失败时，终端设备401也确定检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。该带内辐射干扰功率检测门限可以是一个枚举型(enum)变量，比如{-80dBm，-85dBm，-90dBm}等，也可以是一个设置的默认值。
终端设备401根据带内辐射干扰功率检测门限判断是否发生图11所示的带内辐射干扰。
在带内辐射干扰的场景下，则碰撞检测终端设备可分别确定不同传输资源上的接收功率，以及不同传输资源之间的位置关系，进而判断是否由频带内泄露干扰造成数据接收失败。如图11所示，碰撞检测终端设备确定在第一传输资源上的接收功率超过设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，而通过读取SA信息，确定第一终端设备会在与第一传输资源相同的时隙上的第二传输资源上发送数据，但碰撞检测终端设备在第二传输资源上没有正确接收到数据，则碰撞检测终端设备可确定由于第二终端设备的带内辐射干扰造成数据接收失败，其中碰撞检测终端设备可通过第二终端设备发送的SA识别出第二终端设备。
4、反馈量信息(可选)
如前所述，终端设备401可在满足碰撞上报条件时，根据周围终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的基站402期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量，判断是否向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。若采用该可选方案，则基站402可在碰撞测量指令中包括该反馈量信息。
在终端设备密集的场景，当两个终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞时，周围的很多终端设备均会上报碰撞，这会造成终端设备到基站的链路资源的浪费。 因此，可配置一个基站402期望的反馈量，该期望的反馈量可以为enum变量，也可以为设置的默认值。
此外，还可设置一个周围终端设备数量门限值，终端设备401可根据该周围终端设备数量门限值和基站402期望的反馈量，确定是否上报碰撞测量报告。
假设基站402期望的反馈量为M，周围终端设备数量门限值为N，则终端设备401可根据如下公式计算自身上报碰撞测量报告的概率P：
P＝min(1,M/(N+1))。
举例说明，基站402为多个终端设备401中的每一个都配置了期望的反馈量为3，当一个终端设备401确定周围有9个终端设备为邻居时，则该终端设备401认为这9个终端设备加上自身，共10个终端设备，距离碰撞检测终端设备均比较近，都能够感知到该碰撞，则该终端设备401以P＝0.3的概率发送碰撞测量报告，这样10个用户总共反馈量的期望值为3。
比如：终端设备401自身产生一个0到1的随机数，当该随机数小于P时，终端设备401确定向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
其中，终端设备401可通过如下方法确定周围的终端设备为邻居：
比如：终端设备401在成功接收周围的一个终端设备发送的数据后，且接收功率超过设置的功率门限，则认为该终端设备为邻居；
或者，也可不设置该功率门限，终端设备401在成功接收周围的一个终端设备发送的数据后，则认为该终端设备为邻居；
或者，可设置一个时间窗，在该时间窗内，终端设备401收到接收某个终端设备的各数据包的接收功率均超过设置的功率门限，则认为该终端设备是邻居。这样可防止该终端设备移走后，终端设备401仍错误地将其认定为邻居。
5、碰撞测量报告上报概率
如前所述，终端设备401可在满足该碰撞上报条件时，根据基站402指示的碰撞测量报告上报概率，判断是否向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
终端设备401可自身产生一个0到1的随机数，在该随机数小于碰撞测量报告上报概率时，终端设备401确定向基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
通过设置碰撞测量报告上报概率或期望的反馈量，基站402可有效控制碰撞上报量，减少重复的碰撞上报。减少了终端设备401到基站402的空口信令开销，提高了空口资源利用率。
终端设备401可通过专用信令，比如RRC信令或在自身的数据中上报碰撞测量报告。可选地，终端设备401在完成一次碰撞测量报告上报后，清空碰撞检测结果，重新开始碰撞检测。
6、测量上报类型
可选地，基站402配置的碰撞测量可为事件触发的测量。终端设备401上报测量报告后，原有的测量配置依然有效，直至终端设备401不再驻留在当前服务小区。
7、测量位置(gap)
该参数用于配置终端设备401进行碰撞测量的资源位置，包括：时域位置信息，频域位置信息、跳频指示，测量位置周期等信息中的至少一种。在该测量位置所指示的位置上，终端设备401在不影响自身数据发送的前提下，对待测量的传输资源进行测量。
在完成测量配置后，终端设备401可在连接态，比如RRC连接态下进行测量；也可在空闲状态下进行测量，比如：在收到碰撞测量指令后在返回空闲状态后，开始测量。
碰撞测量报告中可包括下列内容中的至少一项：
1)数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；
2)待测量的传输资源的中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
3)空闲的传输资源的信息。
其中，数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息，是终端设备401在数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备发送的数据的MAC层包头中获取的。
比如：以LTE标准中规定的D2D通信为例，终端设备发送的每一个MAC数据包均会携带基站为该终端设备分配的source ID，可视为一种终端设备的标识信息。在终端设备401检测到碰撞前，会检测到一个或者多个终端设备已经在使用碰撞对应的传输资源进行传输。但是，当其他终端设备移动到终端设备401附近时，才开始出现碰撞。因此终端设备401可以识别数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备的source ID，即终端设备标识信息。
如图13所示。终端设备401会检测到第一终端设备401的终端设备标识，在发生碰撞时，上报第一终端设备的终端设备标识信息。在该情况下，可以上报数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备标识可以多于1个。
如图14所示，第一终端设备和第二终端设备同时进入终端设备401的通信范围内，则从碰撞发生开始时，终端设备401无法获知使用发生碰撞的传输资源的第一终端设备和第二终端设备的终端设备标识。此时，终端设备401可反馈发生碰撞的传输资源的信息。比如：发生碰撞的SA传输资源的信息或发生碰撞的数据传输资源的信息。这些传输资源的信息可包括下列信息中的至少一种：频域位置、时域位置、跳频指示等。
或者终端设备401可上报发生碰撞的传输资源所在的资源池的编号。上报传输资源的信息的方式可有多种，不限于介绍的方式，只要基站402能够根据该信息确定发生碰撞的传输资源即可。
此外，在包括图13和图14在内的任何场景下，终端设备401均可上报自身感知到的竞争资源池中的空闲的传输资源的信息，这些信息的上报可参考前述的发生碰撞的传输资源的信息的上报。基站402收到空闲的传输资源信息后，可为小区内的终端设备重新配置竞争资源池中的传输资源，可以尽量避免碰撞的发生。
对于图11所示的带内辐射干扰的场景，如前所述，终端设备401可分别识别出第一终端设备和第二终端设备。则终端设备401可在上报碰撞测量报告时，上报第一终端设备和第二终端设备的终端设备标识信息，也可上报发生碰撞的传输资源的信息。
此外，终端设备401还可上报发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息，比如：碰撞严重程度信息、碰撞概率、产生碰撞的数据包的数量等。其中，碰撞严重程度信息可占用1至2bit，表示发生碰撞概率的大小，比如{10％,20％,30％,40％}。
可选地，终端设备401可在传输资源上的信号接收功率小于设置的空闲接收功率门限时，确定该传输资源空闲，或者终端设备401可在传输资源上的接收功率小于设置的空闲接收功率门限的数据包的个数占终端设备401在传输资源上接收到的数据包的总数的比例大于设置的空闲比例门限时，确定该传输资源空闲。
终端设备401上报空闲的传输资源的信息。比如：发生空闲的SA传输资源的信息或空闲的数据传输资源的信息。这些传输资源的信息可包括下列信息中的至少一种：频域位置、时域位置、跳频指示等。或者，终端设备401也可上报空闲的传输资源所在的资源池的编号，或传输资源所属的资源池的编号，等等。
上报传输资源的信息的方式可有多种，不限于介绍的方式，只要基站402能够根据该信息确定空闲的传输资源即可。
二、终端设备401对使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量
此种方式下，基站402在为终端设备401配置碰撞测量时，配置终端设备401对终端设备401使用的传输资源进行测量，终端设备401仅上报自身使用的传输资源的情况。可选地，终端设备401可利用测量位置(Gap)对自身使用的传输资源进行测量。
此时，碰撞测量指令中可指示如下信息：
1、是否对终端设备401自身使用的传输资源进行测量
该信息可占用1bit，用于指示终端设备401是否对自身使用的竞争资源池中的传输资源进行碰撞测量。若为“1”则表示测量，若为“0”则表示不测量。
2、碰撞上报条件信息
终端设备401在满足该碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向 基站402上报碰撞测量报告。
其中，碰撞上报条件信息具体包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；碰撞上报条件可为：在自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于自身资源碰撞次数门限，该自身碰撞情况指：终端设备401在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
设置自身资源碰撞功率门限是因为：终端设备401在配置的测量间隔内即使正确接收到某个终端设备的数据，但该数据仍然存在潜在和终端设备401发送的数据产生碰撞的风险。
因此，这里设置了自身资源碰撞功率门限，当终端设备401在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于设置的自身资源碰撞功率门限时，不论接收数据是否成功，都确定终端设备401使用的该传输资源被占用。终端设备401在确定自身使用的传输资源被占用的情况下，可确定自身使用的传输资源与其他终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞，即上报碰撞。
设置自身碰撞测量周期和自身资源碰撞次数门限，是为了避免统计由于信道条件波动造成的碰撞的误判，可有效避免将单次随机干扰造成接收功率过大被错误地检测为传输资源占用。
其中，自身碰撞测量周期可以是enum变量，代表统计碰撞的周期，比如{100ms,200ms,300ms}等，也可以是一个默认值；自身资源碰撞次数门限也可以使enum变量，代表在自身碰撞测量周期内统计到的碰撞次数的上限，比如{1,2,3,4,5}，也可以是设置的默认值。
3、测量位置(gap)
该参数用于配置终端设备401进行碰撞测量的资源位置，包括：时域位置信息，频域位置信息、跳频指示，测量位置周期等信息中的至少一种。在该测量位置所指示的位置上，终端设备401在不影响自身数据发送的前提下，对待测量的传输资源进行测量。
可选地，由于终端设备401对自身使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，终端 设备401可仅上报自身使用的传输资源的碰撞情况，此时可无需配置测量上报类型。
在完成测量配置后，终端设备401可在连接态，比如RRC连接态下进行测量；也可在空闲状态下进行测量，比如：在收到碰撞测量指令后，返回空闲状态后开始测量。
碰撞测量报告中可包括下列内容中的至少一项：
1)终端设备401使用的传输资源的中发生碰撞的传输资源或发生碰撞的传输资源所在的资源池的信息；
传输资源的信息可包括下列信息中的至少一种：频域位置、时域位置、跳频指示等。或者，如前所述，每一个资源池具有资源池的编号，则终端设备401也可上报发生碰撞的传输资源所在的资源池的编号，等等。上报传输资源的信息的方式可有多种，不限于介绍的方式，只要基站402能够根据该信息确定发生碰撞的传输资源即可。
2)用于指示终端设备401使用的传输资源所在的资源池是否被占用的信息。
该信息可占用1bit，用于指示终端设备401使用的传输资源所在的资源池是否被其他终端设备占用，比如：“1”表示被占用，“0”表示未被占用。
3)若在前述的自身碰撞测量周期内，终端设备401成功解调到1个或者多个终端设备的标识信息，则终端设备401也可上报这些终端设备的标识信息。终端设备401可从这些终端设备发送的数据的MAC层包头中获取这些终端设备的标识信息，比如：source ID。
4)空闲的传输资源的信息。
终端设备401确定传输资源空闲的方法，以及上报空闲的传输资源的信息的方法可参考前述的“一、终端设备401对指示的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞测量”部分的描述，在此不再赘述。
可选地，终端设备401可使用缓存状态报告(Buffer State Report，BSR)或专用信令，比如RRC信令上报碰撞测量报告。
基站402收到终端设备401发送的碰撞测量报告后，若确定终端设备401使用的传输资源发生碰撞，基站402可为终端设备401重新配置传输资源，比如：竞争资源池和/或调度资源池中的传输资源；或者为与终端设备401使用的传输资源发生碰撞的其他终端设备重新配置传输资源，也可为竞争资源池和/或调度资源池中的传输资源。
终端设备401使用重新配置的传输资源进行D2D数据传输。
通过配置终端设备401对自身使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，无需终端设备401对自身使用的传输资源之外的传输资源进行检测，减小了终端设备401的处理负荷。并且，也避免了多个终端设备401共同上报同一传输资源发生碰撞的情况，节省了空口资源，提高了空口传输效率，也可降低基站402发送碰撞测量指令的开销。
此外，与终端设备401对其他终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量的情况相比，避免了第三方终端设备测量的测量误差，也可降低碰撞测量报告上报的空口开销。
【实施例五】
图15为本发明实施例五提供的数据传输装置的结构示意图。如图15所示，该装置包括：
收发单元1501，用于：
接收基站广播的资源池信息，资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；以及
在资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
可选地，收发单元1501具体用于：
若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收基站广播的竞争资源池中全部资源 池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收基站广播的竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
可选地，装置还包括：处理单元1502，用于在竞争资源池包括多个资源池时,从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；收发单元1501具体用于：在处理单元1502选择的一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
收发单元1501还用于：接收基站发送的资源池分配信息，资源池分配信息用于指示基站从竞争资源池中分配给装置的一个或多个资源池；
装置还包括：处理单元1502，用于根据资源分配信息确定基站分配的一个或多个资源池；
收发单元1501具体用于：在处理单元1502确定的一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，向基站上报装置支持的业务类型；收发单元1501接收的资源池分配信息指示的一个或多个资源池，是基站根据收发单元1501上报的装置支持的业务类型，确定装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期、并根据装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从竞争资源池中选择的；或者
处理单元1502具体用于：根据装置支持的业务类型，确定装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，处理单元1502具体用于：在竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池时，根据装置的优先级，从多个资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：
在处理单元1502根据装置的优先级，从多个资源池中选择一个或多个资源池之前，接收基站发送的优先级信息，优先级信息用于指示：竞争资源池 中包括的多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
优先级信息包括：
每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
可选地，处理单元1502还用于：在收发单元1501在一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，从一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的最早的传输资源，作为部分或全部传输资源。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：在竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收基站发送的资源调整指令，资源调整指令用于重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增竞争资源池中的资源池；
收发单元1501还用于：在资源调整指令用于重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池时，在资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
收发单元1501还用于：在资源调整指令用于新增竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收基站发送的资源调整指令，资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
收发单元1501还用于：在资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在资源调整指令重新分配的调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
收发单元1501还用于：当资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及资源调整指令新增的调度资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
其中，调度资源池中的传输资源是基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
可选地，收发单元1501接收的资源调整指令是基站在确定装置的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
收发单元1501接收的资源调整指令是基站在首次确定装置的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定装置的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
收发单元1501还用于：在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收资源调整指令之前，向基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；收发单元1501具体用于：接收基站在收到资源调整请求后根据调整请求参数发送的资源调整指令；或者
收发单元1501还用于：在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收资源调整指令之前，在装置的数据传输发生碰撞时，向基站发送碰撞调整请求；
收发单元1501具体用于：接收基站在收到资源调整请求后发送的资源调整指令。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
装置还包括处理单元1502，处理单元1502用于：
对碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，待测量的传输资源与装置使用的传输资源不同；以及
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向基站上报碰撞测量报告；或确定满足碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件，且根据第二终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定需要向基站上报碰撞测量 报告，第二终端设备为装置周围的终端设备，期望反馈量为基站期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
收发单元1501还用于：在处理单元1502确定需要向基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告。
可选地，收发单元1501接收的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限；或
收发单元1501接收的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于碰撞比例门限。
可选地，收发单元1501接收的碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；处理单元1502具体用于：在待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；处理单元1502具体用于：在待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于待测量的传输资源中。
可选地，收发单元1501具体用于：将下列信息中的至少一项置于碰撞测量报告中发给基站：
第三终端设备的标识信息；第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；或者
待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或者
待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，处理单元1502还用于：在收发单元1501向基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，在第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取第三终端设备的标识信息。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于启动对装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
装置还包括处理单元1502，处理单元1502用于：对装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向基站上报碰撞测量报告；
收发单元1501还用于：在处理单元1502确定需要向基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告。
可选地，收发单元1501接收的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
碰撞上报条件包括：在自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于自身资源碰撞次数门限，自身碰撞情况指：装置在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
可选地，收发单元1501具体用于：将下述信息中的至少一项置于碰撞测量报告中发给基站：
装置使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
装置使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，收发单元1501发送的碰撞测量报告中的发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：
在接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令之后，向基站上报竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
可选地，收发单元1501还用于：在接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，向基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，碰撞测量能力信息指示：装置支持碰撞测量；
碰撞测量指令是基站在收到碰撞测量能力信息后向装置发送的。
可选地，竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
该装置的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的终端设备401的实现，其中，收发单元1501可用于执行终端设备401的收发操作，处理单元1502可用于实现终端设备401的处理操作。
其中，收发单元1501可由收发器实现，处理单元1502可由处理器实现。
【实施例六】
图16为本发明实施例六提供的资源信息通知装置的结构示意图。如图16所示，该装置包括：
处理单元1601和收发单元1602；
处理单元1601，用于确定资源池信息；
收发单元1602，用于广播资源池信息；资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
可选地，收发单元1602具体用于：若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则
广播竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
广播竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
可选地，处理单元1601还用于：从竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；
收发单元1602还用于：在发送资源池信息之后，向第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，资源池分配信息用于指示处理单元1601分配的一个或多个资源池。
可选地，收发单元1602具体用于：在处理单元1601为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之前，接收第一终端设备上报的第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
处理单元1601具体用于：根据第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，处理单元1601具体用于：若竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则根据第一终端设备的优先级，从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，处理单元1601还用于：在为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之后，对第一终端设备进行资源调整，资源调整包括：为第一终端设备重新分配或新增竞争资源池中的资源池；
收发单元1602还用于：在处理单元1601进行资源调整之后，向第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示处理单元1601为第一终端设备重新分配或新增的竞争资源池中的资源池。
可选地，处理单元1601还用于：在为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之后，对第一终端设备进行资源调整，资源调整包括：为第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
收发单元1602还用于：在处理单元1601对第一终端设备进行资源调整之后，向第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示处理单元1601为第一终端设 备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
调度资源池中的传输资源是装置动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
可选地，收发单元1602具体用于：在发送资源调整指令之前，接收用于指示第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告；处理单元1601还用于：根据碰撞测量报告确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；处理单元1601具体用于：在确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行资源调整；或者
处理单元1601具体用于：在首次确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行资源调整；或者
收发单元1602具体用于：在发送资源调整指令之前，接收第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；处理单元1601具体用于：根据调整请求参数进行资源调整；或者
收发单元1602具体用于：在发送资源调整指令之前，接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，碰撞调整请求指示第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；处理单元1601具体用于：在收发单元1602收到碰撞调整请求后进行资源调整。
可选地，收发单元1602还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于：
启动第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，待测量数据传输资源是碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源，碰撞测量指令还用于指示第一终端设备：
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向装置上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反 馈量确定向装置上报碰撞测量报告，其中，第二终端设备为第一终端设备周围的终端设备，期望反馈量为装置期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
其中，待测量的传输资源与第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
可选地，收发单元1602发送的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限；或
收发单元1602发送的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于碰撞比例门限。
可选地，收发单元1602发送的碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于待测量的传输资源中。
可选地，收发单元1602具体用于：在发送碰撞测量指令之后，接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量报告，碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
第三终端设备的标识信息；第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，收发单元1602还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令，用于：
启动第一终端设备对第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示第一终端设备：在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向装置上报碰撞测量报告。
可选地，收发单元1602发送的碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
碰撞上报条件包括：
在自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，自身碰撞情况指第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
可选地，收发单元1602还用于：在发送碰撞测量指令之后，接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量报告，其中碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，收发单元1602接收的碰撞测量报告中的发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
可选地，收发单元1602还用于：
在收发单元1602发送碰撞测量指令之后，接收第一终端设备上报的竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
可选地，收发单元1602还用于：
在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，碰撞测量能力信息指示：第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
收发单元1602具体用于：在收到碰撞测量能力信息后向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令。
可选地，竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
该装置的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的基站402的实现，其中，收发单元1602可用于执行基站402的收发操作，处理单元1601可用于实现基站402的处理操作。
其中，收发单元1602可由收发器实现，处理单元1601可由处理器实现。
【实施例七】
图17为本发明实施例七提供的数据传输方法的流程图。如图17所示，该方法包括：
S1701：第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息，资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；
竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；
S1702：在资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息包括：
第一终端设备接收基站广播的竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
第一终端设备接收基站广播的竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
可选地，在资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：接收基站发送的资源池分配信息，资源池分配信息用于指示基站从竞争资源池中分配给第一终端设备的一个或多个资源池；第一终端设备在资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：第一终端设备在资源池分配信息指示的一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：在选择的一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源进行D2D数据传输。
可选地，在资源池分配信息指示的一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：向基站上报支持的业务类型；资源池分配信息指示的一个或多个资源池，是基站根据第一终端设备上报的第一终端设备支持的业务类型确定第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期从竞争资源池中选择的；或者
从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：根据第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的需要的传输资源的大小和周期从多个资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：
根据第一终端设备的优先级，从多个资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，在根据第一终端设备的优先级，从多个资源池中选择一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：
接收基站发送的竞争资源池的优先级信息，优先级信息用于指示：竞争资源池中包括的多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
优先级信息包括：
每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
可选地，在一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：
从一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的时间最靠前的传输资源，作为部分或全部传输资源。
可选地，在竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
接收基站发送的资源调整指令，资源调整指令用于重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增竞争资源池中的资源池；
在资源调整指令用于重新分配竞争资源池中的资源池时，在资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
在资源调整指令用于新增竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
可选地，在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
接收基站发送的资源调整指令，资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
在资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在资源调整指令重新分配的调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
在资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及资源调整指令新增的调度资源池中的传输资源上，进行D2D数据传输；
其中，调度资源池中的传输资源是由基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设 备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
可选地，资源调整指令是基站在确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
资源调整指令是基站在首次确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收资源调整指令之前，还包括：向基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；接收基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收基站在收到资源调整请求后，根据调整请求参数发送的资源调整指令；或者
在竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收资源调整指令之前，还包括：在第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞时，向基站发送碰撞调整请求；接收基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收基站在收到资源调整请求后发送的资源调整指令。
可选地，还包括：
接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
对碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，待测量的传输资源与第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同；
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定向基站上报碰撞测量报告，第二终端设备为第一终端设备周围的终端设备，期望反馈量为基站期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量。
可选地，碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限；或
碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于碰撞比例门限。
可选地，碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于待测量的传输资源中。
可选地，向基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：
将下列信息中的至少一项置于碰撞测量报告中，发给基站：
第三终端设备的标识信息；第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，向基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，还包括：
第一终端设备在第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取第三终端设备的标识信息。
可选地，还包括：接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于启动对第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
对使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告。
可选地，碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
碰撞上报条件包括：
在自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于自身资源碰撞次数门限，自身碰撞情况指：第一终端设备在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
可选地，向基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：将下述信息中的至少一项置于碰撞测量报告中发给基站：
第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
可选地，在接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
向基站上报竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
可选地，在接收基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
向基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，碰撞测量能力信息指示：第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
碰撞测量指令是基站在收到碰撞测量能力信息后向第一终端设备发送 的。
可选地，竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的终端设备401的处理，在此不再赘述。
【实施例八】
图18为本发明实施例八提供的资源信息通知方法的流程图。
S1801：基站确定资源池信息；
S1802：广播资源池信息；资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则广播资源池信息包括：
广播竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
广播竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
可选地，在发送资源池信息之后，还包括：从竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；并向第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，资源池分配信息用于指示处理单元分配的一个或多个资源池。
可选地，在为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：接收第一终端设备上报的第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
为第一终端设备分配竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：根据第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则为第一终端设备分配竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：
根据第一终端设备的优先级，从竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池。
可选地，在为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之后，还包括：
对第一终端设备进行资源调整，资源调整包括：为第一终端设备重新分配或新增竞争资源池中的资源池；
向第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为第一终端设备重新分配或新增的竞争资源池中的资源池。
可选地，在为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池之后，对第一终端设备进行资源调整，资源调整包括：为第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
向第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
调度资源池中的传输资源是基站动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
可选地，在发送资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收用于指示第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告，并根据碰撞测量报告确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；对第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行资源调整；或者
对第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在首次确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行资源调整；或者
在发送资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；对第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：根据调整请求参数进行资源；或者
在发送资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，碰撞调整请求指示第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；对第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在收到碰撞调整请求后进行资源调整。
可选地，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令用于：
启动第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，待测量数据传输资源是碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源，碰撞测量指令还用于指示第一终端设备：
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反馈量确定向基站上报碰撞测量报告，其中，第二终端设备为第一终端设备周围的终端设备，期望反馈量为基站期望的反馈待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
其中，待测量的传输资源与第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
可选地，碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的碰撞次数门限；或
碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，碰撞上报条件包括：在碰撞测量周期内，待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于碰撞比例门限。
可选地，碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示第一终端设备在待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在待测量的传输 资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于待测量的传输资源中。
可选地，在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量报告，碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
第三终端设备的标识信息；第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，碰撞测量指令，用于：
启动第一终端设备对第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示第一终端设备：在满足碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向基站上报碰撞测量报告。
可选地，碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
碰撞上报条件包括：
在自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，自身碰撞情况指第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
可选地，在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量报告，其中碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
可选地，发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
可选地，在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
接收第一终端设备上报的竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
可选地，在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
接收第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，碰撞测量能力信息指示：第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，包括：在收到碰撞测量能力信息后向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令。
可选地，竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的基站402的处理，在此不再赘述。
综上，由于竞争资源池中的传输资源可由多个终端设备同时使用，则在整个系统的传输资源一定的情况下，与现有标准中规定的基于调度的D2D通信方式中，基站为不同终端设备动态调度正交的传输资源相比，终端设备在单位时间内可获得的传输资源更多，当本发明实施例应用于车联网时，可满足车辆网通信的要求。
可选地，若竞争资源池中包括多个资源池，则基站在向终端设备发送资源池信息时，可采用一种差分的方式指示。
比如：资源池信息具体包括：
竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及
除了上述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于上述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
与目前的所有资源池都独立指示传输资源的位置相比，资源池信息中需 要的信息比特数可显著减少，降低了信令开销。
可选地，若竞争资源池包括多个资源池，多个资源池大小相同或不同，周期相同或不同，则基站可根据终端设备的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级等，确定终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，根据确定的终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从上述多个资源池中为终端设备分配一个或多个资源池，以支持不同的业务类型和/或终端设备的优先级。能够为终端设备分配适合的资源池，提高终端设备数据传输的效率。
可选地，终端设备在同时传输不同类型的业务时，可同时使用多个大小不同的资源池，或同时使用多个周期不同的资源池，提高了终端设备支持不同类型业务的灵活性。
可选地，终端设备可对竞争资源池中的传输资源的碰撞情况进行碰撞测量，并上报碰撞测量报告，基站可根据碰撞测量报告调整为终端设备分配的资源池，可有效避免碰撞，提高数据传输效率。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。
可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设 备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念，则可对这些实施例做出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (83)

  1. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，包括：收发单元，用于：
    接收基站广播的资源池信息，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；以及
    在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：
    若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
    若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述装置还包括：处理单元，用于在所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池时,从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元选择的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
    所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述基站从所述竞争资源池中分配给所述装置的一个或多个资源池；
    所述装置还包括：处理单元，用于根据所述资源分配信息确定所述基站分配的所述一个或多个资源池；
    所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元确定的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，向所述基站上报所述装置支持的业务类型；所述收发单元接收的所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池，是所述基站根据所述收发单元上报的所述装置支持的业务类型，确定所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期、并根据所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择的；或者
    所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述装置支持的业务类型，确定所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的所述装置需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  5. 如权利要求3所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元具体用于：在所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池时，根据所述装置的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    在所述处理单元根据所述装置的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池之前，接收所述基站发送的优先级信息，所述优先级信息用于指示：所述竞争资源池中包括的多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
    所述优先级信息包括：
    每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
    每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
    每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
  7. 如权利要求3～6任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于：在所述收发单元在所述一个或多个资源池中的所述部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，从所述一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的最早的传输资源，作为所述部分或全部传输资源。
  8. 如权利要求1～7任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
  9. 如权利要求1～7任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
    所述收发单元还用于：当所述资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；
    其中，所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元接收的资源调整指令是所述基站在确定所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
    所述收发单元接收的资源调整指令是所述基站在首次确定所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定所述装置的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，向所述基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述收发单元具体用于：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后根据所述调整请求参数发送的所述资源调整指令；或者
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，在所述装置的数据传输发生碰撞时，向所述基站发送碰撞调整请求；
    所述收发单元具体用于：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后发送的所述资源调整指令。
  11. 如权利要求1或2所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
    所述装置还包括处理单元，所述处理单元用于：
    对所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述装置使用的传输资源不同；以及
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或确定满足所述碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件，且根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，所述第二终端设备为所述装置周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
    所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于所述带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
  14. 如权利要求11～13任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：将下列信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
    第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；或者
    所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或者
    所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于：在 所述收发单元向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，在所述第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从所述第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取所述第三终端设备的标识信息。
  16. 如权利要求1或2任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动对所述装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
    所述装置还包括处理单元，所述处理单元用于：对所述装置使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元确定需要向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
    所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，所述自身碰撞情况指：所述装置在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：将下述信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
    所述装置使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
    所述装置使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
    与所述装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
    所述装置使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  19. 如权利要求14或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量报告中的所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
  20. 如权利要求11～19任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    在接收所述基站发送的所述碰撞测量指令之后，向所述基站上报所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
  21. 如权利要求11～20任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元还用于：在接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，向所述基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述装置支持碰撞测量；
    所述碰撞测量指令是所述基站在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述装置发送的。
  22. 如权利要求1～21任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
  23. 一种资源信息通知装置，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和收发单元；
    所述处理单元，用于确定资源池信息；
    所述收发单元，用于广播所述资源池信息；所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则
    广播所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
    广播所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
  25. 如权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元还用于：从所述竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；
    所述收发单元还用于：在发送所述资源池信息之后，向所述第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述处理单元分配的所述一个或多个资源池。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：在所述处理单元为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之前，接收所述第一终端设备上报的所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
    所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  27. 如权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元具体用于：若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  28. 如权利要求25～27任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元还用于：在为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元进行所述资源调整之后，向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示所述处理单元为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增的所述竞争资源池中的资源池。
  29. 如权利要求25～27任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元还用于：在为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    所述收发单元还用于：在所述处理单元对所述第一终端设备进行所述资源调整之后，向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示所述处理单元为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述装置动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
  30. 如权利要求28或29所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收用于指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告；所述处理单元还用于：根据所述碰撞测量报告确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述处理单元具体用于：在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行所述资源调整；或者
    所述处理单元具体用于：在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行所述资源调整；或者
    所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收所述第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，所述资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述处理单元具体用于：根据所述调整请求参数进行所述资源调整；或者
    所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述资源调整指令之前，接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，所述碰撞调整请求指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述处理单元具体用于：在所述收发单元收到所述碰撞调整请求后进行所述资源调整。
  31. 如权利要求23～30任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元 还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于：
    启动所述第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量数据传输资源是所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述碰撞测量指令还用于指示所述第一终端设备：
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告；或
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反馈量确定向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告，其中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述装置期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
    其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
    所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到 数据传输发生碰撞；或
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
  34. 如权利要求31～33任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于：在发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
    所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
    所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  35. 如权利要求23～30任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令，用于：
    启动所述第一终端设备对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示所述第一终端设备：在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述装置上报碰撞测量报告。
  36. 如权利要求35所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元发送的所述碰撞测量指令中的所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
    所述碰撞上报条件包括：
    在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，所述自身碰撞情况指所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
  37. 如权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用 于：在发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，其中所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
    所述与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  38. 如权利要求34或37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元接收的所述碰撞测量报告中的所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
  39. 如权利要求31～38任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    在所述收发单元发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，接收所述第一终端设备上报的所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
  40. 如权利要求31～39任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    在向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
    所述收发单元具体用于：在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令。
  41. 如权利要求23～40任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述竞争资源 池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
  42. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；
    在所述资源池信息所指示的竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
  43. 如权利要求42所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则所述第一终端设备接收基站广播的资源池信息包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
    所述第一终端设备接收所述基站广播的所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
  44. 如权利要求42或43所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：接收所述基站发送的资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述基站从所述竞争资源池中分配给所述第一终端设备的一个或多个资源池；所述第一终端设备在所述资源池信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：所述第一终端设备在所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或者
    在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池；所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输，包括：在选择的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源进行D2D数据传输。
  45. 如权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池中的部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：向所述基站上报支持的业务类型；所述资源池分配信息指示的所述一个或多个资源池，是所述基站根据所述第一终端设备上报的所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述竞争资源池中选择的；或者
    所述从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据确定的需要的传输资源的大小和周期从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  46. 如权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则所述从所述竞争资源池中选择一个或多个资源池，包括：
    根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述多个资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：
    接收所述基站发送的所述竞争资源池的优先级信息，所述优先级信息用于指示：所述竞争资源池中包括的所述多个资源池分别属于的优先级；
    所述优先级信息包括：
    每个资源池所属的优先级的级别编号；或
    每个资源池所属的优先级的变化情况信息；或
    每个资源池的碰撞概率信息。
  48. 如权利要求44～47任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述一个或多个资源池中的所述部分或全部传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之前，还包括：
    从所述一个或多个资源池中随机选择或选择待发送数据能够使用的时间最靠前的传输资源，作为所述部分或全部传输资源。
  49. 如权利要求42～48任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在所述竞争资源池的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
    接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池或者用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
    在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输；或
    在所述资源调整指令用于新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输。
  50. 如权利要求42～48任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，还包括：
    接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，所述资源调整指令用于重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    在所述资源调整指令用于重新分配调度资源池中的传输资源时，在所述资源调整指令重新分配的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上一起进行D2D数据传输；或
    在所述资源调整指令用于新增调度资源池中的传输资源时，在正在使用的传输资源以及所述资源调整指令新增的所述调度资源池中的传输资源上，进行D2D数据传输；
    其中，所述调度资源池中的传输资源是由所述基站动态分配的，且为不同终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
  51. 如权利要求49或50所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述资源调整指令是所述基站在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后发送的；或者
    所述资源调整指令是所述基站在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输 发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限时发送的；或者
    所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：向所述基站发送资源调整请求，请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后，根据所述调整请求参数发送的所述资源调整指令；或者
    所述在所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行D2D数据传输之后，接收所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：在所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞时，向所述基站发送碰撞调整请求；所述接收所述基站发送的资源调整指令，包括：接收所述基站在收到所述资源调整请求后发送的所述资源调整指令。
  52. 如权利要求42～51任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动碰撞测量；
    对所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同；
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令指示中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息指示的期望反馈量，确定向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量。
  53. 如权利要求52所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞 上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
  54. 如权利要求53所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限；所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限；所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于所述带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于所述待测量的传输资源中。
  55. 如权利要求52～54任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：
    将下列信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中，发给所述基站：
    第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
    所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
    所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  56. 如权利要求55所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告之前，还包括：
    第一终端设备在所述第三终端设备的数据传输未发生碰撞时，从所述第三终端设备发送的数据的包头中获取所述第三终端设备的标识信息。
  57. 如权利要求42～51任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于启动对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
    对使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量；
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
  58. 如权利要求57所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
    所述碰撞上报条件包括：
    在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，所述自身碰撞情况指：所述第一终端设备在使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
  59. 如权利要求57或58所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，包括：将下述信息中的至少一项置于所述碰撞测量报告中发给所述基站：
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
    与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  60. 如权利要求55或59所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
  61. 如权利要求52～60任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述基站发送的所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
    向所述基站上报所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
  62. 如权利要求53～61任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述基站发送的碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
    向所述基站发送碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
    所述碰撞测量指令是所述基站在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送的。
  63. 如权利要求42～62任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
  64. 一种资源信息通知方法，其特征在于，包括：
    基站确定资源池信息；
    广播所述资源池信息；所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期。
  65. 如权利要求64所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则所述广播所述资源池信息包括：
    广播所述竞争资源池中全部资源池中的传输资源的位置信息；或
    广播所述竞争资源池中部分资源池中的传输资源的位置信息，以及除了所述部分资源池之外的其他资源池相对于所述部分资源池中的传输资源的相对位置信息。
  66. 如权利要求64或65所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在发送所述资源池信息之后，还包括：从所述竞争资源池中为第一终端设备分配一个或多个资源池；并向所述第一终端设备发送资源池分配信息，所述资源池分配信息用于指示所述处理单元分配的所述一个或多个资源池。
  67. 如权利要求66所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之前，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备上报的第一终端设备支持的业务类型的信息；
    所述为第一终端设备分配所述竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：根据所述第一终端设备支持的业务类型，确定所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，并根据所述第一终端设备需要的传输资源的大小和周期，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  68. 如权利要求66所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述竞争资源池包括属于不同优先级的多个资源池，则所述为第一终端设备分配所述竞争资源池中的一个或多个资源池，包括：
    根据所述第一终端设备的优先级，从所述竞争资源池中选择所述一个或多个资源池。
  69. 如权利要求66～68任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，还包括：
    对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增所述竞争资源池中的资源池；
    向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增的所述竞争资源池中的资源池。
  70. 如权利要求66～68任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述为第一终端设备分配所述一个或多个资源池之后，对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，所述资源调整包括：为所述第一终端设备重新分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    向所述第一终端设备发送资源调整指令，指示为所述第一终端设备重新 分配或新增调度资源池中的传输资源；
    所述调度资源池中的传输资源是所述基站动态分配的，且为不同的终端设备分配的传输资源之间是相互正交的。
  71. 如权利要求69或70所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在发送所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收用于指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞的碰撞测量报告，并根据所述碰撞测量报告确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞后进行所述资源调整；或者
    所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在首次确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞之后的资源调整判决时长内，若确定所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生的碰撞的次数超过资源调整判决门限，则进行所述资源调整；或者
    在发送资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的资源调整请求，所述资源调整请求中携带调整请求参数，所述调整请求参数包括：待传输数据的数据量和/或支持的业务类型；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：根据所述调整请求参数进行所述资源；或者
    在发送所述资源调整指令之前，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞调整请求，所述碰撞调整请求指示所述第一终端设备的数据传输发生碰撞；所述对所述第一终端设备进行资源调整，包括：在收到所述碰撞调整请求后进行所述资源调整。
  72. 如权利要求64～71任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令用于：
    启动所述第一终端设备对待测量的传输资源进行碰撞检测，其中，所述待测量数据传输资源是所述碰撞测量指令中的待测量的传输资源信息所指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述碰撞测量指令还用于指示所述第一终端设备：
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告；或
    在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，根据第二终端设备的数量以及所述碰撞测量指令中的反馈量信息所指示的期望反馈量确定向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告，其中，所述第二终端设备为所述第一终端设备周围的终端设备，所述期望反馈量为所述基站期望的反馈所述待测量的传输资源上发生碰撞的反馈量；
    其中，所述待测量的传输资源与所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源不同。
  73. 如权利要求72所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞次数门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞的次数大于设置的所述碰撞次数门限；或
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：碰撞测量周期和碰撞比例门限，所述碰撞上报条件包括：在所述碰撞测量周期内，所述待测量的传输资源上检测到的发生碰撞的数据包的个数占所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的数据包总数的比例，大于所述碰撞比例门限。
  74. 如权利要求73所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞测量指令中还包括：碰撞检测条件信息；
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：碰撞功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述碰撞功率检测门限，但对接收到的信号解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞；或
    所述碰撞检测条件信息包括：带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，指示所述第一终端设备在所述待测量的传输资源中的部分传输资源上接收的信号的功率大于设置的带内辐射干扰功率检测门限，且对预期数据解调失败时，确定在所述待测量的传输资源上检测到数据传输发生碰撞，其中，所述预期数据为预期在该部分传输资源的相邻传输资源上接收的数据，该相邻传输资源位于 所述待测量的传输资源中。
  75. 如权利要求72～74任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述向第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    第三终端设备的标识信息；所述第三终端设备为数据传输发生碰撞的终端设备；
    所述待测量的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；
    所述待测量的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  76. 如权利要求64～71任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，所述碰撞测量指令，用于：
    启动所述第一终端设备对所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源进行碰撞测量，并指示所述第一终端设备：在满足所述碰撞测量指令中的碰撞上报条件信息所指示的碰撞上报条件时，向所述基站上报碰撞测量报告。
  77. 如权利要求76所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述碰撞上报条件信息包括：自身碰撞测量周期、自身资源碰撞功率门限和自身资源碰撞次数门限；
    所述碰撞上报条件包括：
    在所述自身碰撞测量周期内，自身碰撞情况发生的次数大于所述自身资源碰撞次数门限，其中，所述自身碰撞情况指所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源上接收到的信号的功率大于所述自身资源碰撞功率门限的情况。
  78. 如权利要求76或77所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述向第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述碰撞测量报告，其中所述碰撞测量报告中包括下列信息中的至少一种：
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源是否发生碰撞；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源中发生碰撞的传输资源的信息；或
    所述与第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的终端设备的标识信息；或
    所述第一终端设备使用的传输资源发生碰撞的碰撞情况信息。
  79. 如权利要求75或78所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发生碰撞的传输资源的信息，包括下列信息中的至少一项：
    发生碰撞的传输资源的频率信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的时域信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源是否跳频的指示信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源的标识信息；或
    发生碰撞的传输资源所在的竞争资源池的信息。
  80. 如权利要求72～79任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之后，还包括：
    接收所述第一终端设备上报的所述竞争资源池中空闲的传输资源的信息。
  81. 如权利要求72～80任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令之前，还包括：
    接收所述第一终端设备发送的碰撞测量能力信息，所述碰撞测量能力信息指示：所述第一终端设备支持碰撞测量；
    所述向第一终端设备发送碰撞测量指令，包括：在收到所述碰撞测量能力信息后向所述第一终端设备发送所述碰撞测量指令。
  82. 如权利要求64～81任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述竞争资源池为调度分配SA资源池或数据Data资源池。
  83. 一种无线通信系统，包括基站和终端设备，其特征在于，
    所述基站，用于确定资源池信息，并广播所述资源池信息；其中，所述资源池信息用于指示竞争资源池中的传输资源，所述竞争资源池中的传输资源用于设备到设备D2D数据传输；所述竞争资源池中的传输资源可由一个终端设备单独使用或由多个终端设备同时使用；若所述竞争资源池包括多个资源池，则不同资源池之间具有相同或不同的传输资源周期；
    所述终端设备，用于接收所述基站广播的所述资源池信息，并在所述资 源池信息指示的所述竞争资源池中的传输资源上进行设备到设备D2D数据传输。
PCT/CN2015/086879 2015-08-13 2015-08-13 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统 WO2017024586A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/086879 WO2017024586A1 (zh) 2015-08-13 2015-08-13 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统
CN201580038972.2A CN107079430B (zh) 2015-08-13 2015-08-13 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/086879 WO2017024586A1 (zh) 2015-08-13 2015-08-13 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017024586A1 true WO2017024586A1 (zh) 2017-02-16

Family

ID=57984587

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/086879 WO2017024586A1 (zh) 2015-08-13 2015-08-13 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107079430B (zh)
WO (1) WO2017024586A1 (zh)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108632781A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 车对外界通信中的资源选择或重选方法及用户设备
CN109219131A (zh) * 2017-07-03 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 一种数据的传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
CN110999460A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2020-04-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 提供用于侧行链路控制的无线电资源信息的方法和装置
CN112751658A (zh) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN114726726A (zh) * 2022-05-24 2022-07-08 深圳市德兰明海科技有限公司 一种提高can总线通信效率的方法
WO2022267606A1 (zh) * 2021-06-24 2022-12-29 华为技术有限公司 资源选择方法及装置
US11659371B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2023-05-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection method in vehicle to everything communication and apparatus therefore

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019084734A1 (zh) 2017-10-30 2019-05-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于资源分配的方法、网络设备和终端设备
KR102437628B1 (ko) * 2017-11-15 2022-08-30 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 무선 자원을 결정하기 위한 장치 및 방법
CN111294983B (zh) * 2019-01-30 2022-08-12 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 直接通信的资源优化方法及装置、存储介质、终端
DE102019202358A1 (de) * 2019-02-21 2020-08-27 Laird Dabendorf Gmbh Verfahren und Vorrichtung zur Datenübertragung sowie Fahrzeug

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012159270A1 (en) * 2011-05-25 2012-11-29 Renesas Mobile Corporation Resource allocation for d2d communication
CN104202821A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2014-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备通信干扰避免方法和装置
CN104519457A (zh) * 2013-09-28 2015-04-15 财团法人资讯工业策进会 装置对装置使用者装置及基站
CN104754748A (zh) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-01 电信科学技术研究院 一种d2d资源分配方法、数据传输方法及装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012159270A1 (en) * 2011-05-25 2012-11-29 Renesas Mobile Corporation Resource allocation for d2d communication
CN104519457A (zh) * 2013-09-28 2015-04-15 财团法人资讯工业策进会 装置对装置使用者装置及基站
CN104754748A (zh) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-01 电信科学技术研究院 一种d2d资源分配方法、数据传输方法及装置
CN104202821A (zh) * 2014-03-20 2014-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备到设备通信干扰避免方法和装置

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108632781A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 车对外界通信中的资源选择或重选方法及用户设备
US11659371B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2023-05-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Resource selection method in vehicle to everything communication and apparatus therefore
CN108632781B (zh) * 2017-03-24 2023-10-31 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 车对外界通信中的资源选择或重选方法及用户设备
CN109219131A (zh) * 2017-07-03 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 一种数据的传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
CN109219131B (zh) * 2017-07-03 2022-06-14 华为技术有限公司 一种数据的传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
US11483821B2 (en) 2017-07-03 2022-10-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Feedback information transmission method, terminal device, and access network device
CN110999460A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2020-04-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 提供用于侧行链路控制的无线电资源信息的方法和装置
US11800492B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2023-10-24 Zte Corporation Method and apparatus for providing radio resource information for sidelink control
CN112751658A (zh) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN112751658B (zh) * 2019-10-31 2022-07-26 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2022267606A1 (zh) * 2021-06-24 2022-12-29 华为技术有限公司 资源选择方法及装置
CN114726726A (zh) * 2022-05-24 2022-07-08 深圳市德兰明海科技有限公司 一种提高can总线通信效率的方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107079430A (zh) 2017-08-18
CN107079430B (zh) 2020-10-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017024586A1 (zh) 一种数据传输装置、方法及系统
CN112840733B (zh) 用于车辆通信中的资源预留的方法
US10912137B2 (en) Communications system, communications device and method
US10827380B2 (en) System and method for supporting URLLC in advanced V2X communications
JP7203117B2 (ja) 協力し合う車両間における効率的なリソース使用のための方法
US10701691B2 (en) Data transmission method and device
US10638284B2 (en) User apparatus, base station and notification method
JP2023100858A (ja) ニューラジオ車車間／路車間通信（ｎｒ ｖ２ｘ）における自律的リソース選択のための方法および装置
JP7116775B6 (ja) Ｄ２ｄ通信のための方法とｄ２ｄ装置
JP2023062108A (ja) 異なる信頼度を有するデータを転送するための方法、システム、およびデバイス
CN113228777A (zh) 实现不同类型的同时传输的过程
WO2015096719A1 (zh) 一种d2d资源分配方法、数据传输方法及装置
WO2018188585A1 (zh) V2x资源配置方法、装置和相关设备、计算机存储介质
JP2022542381A (ja) 同時アップリンク及びサイドリンク動作
US20180139599A1 (en) User device and base station
CN110149712B (zh) 一种用于上行授权的方法及装置
CN114600535A (zh) 用于感测和资源分配的新无线电（nr）车联万物（v2x）方法
US20200059791A1 (en) Method and device for radio frame transmission
WO2013067926A1 (zh) 控制信息传输方法
WO2016197396A1 (zh) 一种网络设备、终端设备及资源分配方法
WO2017147760A1 (zh) 一种非授权频谱下的数据传输方法及系统、终端设备
US20160302217A1 (en) Scheduling Method, Access Point, Scheduling Server, and Scheduling System
WO2016045568A1 (zh) 一种d2d资源分配方法及装置
CN110870373A (zh) 一种配置资源的方法及设备
CN111867089A (zh) 一种资源分配方法及设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15900784

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15900784

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1